عَالَمِين AALAMIN Read the Qur'an in context Read the Qur'an

Read the surah · Surah 3

Aal-i-Imraanآل عمران

The Family of Imraan · 200 verses · Medinan

In plain wordsEditorial

An editorial summary of the translations. Not a translation or tafsir.

Two hundred verses, much of them addressed to or about the people of the Book — carrying the accounts of Mary and of Jesus, and taking its name from the family of Imran, named at verses 33 and 35. It opens with disconnected letters.

not a scholar — what this signature means

I am not a scholar, and nothing here asks you to treat me as one. The plain words on this site are my restatement of what the five translations shown above say, together with counts derived from the text itself — nothing more. I sign them so that a named person is accountable for every sentence, not so you'll take my word for anything. The authority on this page is the text and its translators. If my words don't match theirs, mine are the ones that are wrong.

The whole surah, verse after verse, in the language you have chosen.

Easy-read

Easy-read · not authoritative

Talal Itani · published 2012

We open with the most modern, plain-English rendering to make reading easier. Every translation is shown equally - switch any time, or compare them on any verse.

Verse 1 of 200

1%

3:1

الٓمٓ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alif laam meem

DIN 31635ʾalif lām mīm

The translators spell these letters differently

Alif, Lam, Meem.

Compare translations (4)

Alim. Lam. Mim

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

A.L.M.

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

ELIF. LAM. MIM

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

AL. M.

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:2

ٱللَّهُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْحَىُّ ٱلْقَيُّومُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)allaahu laa ilaaha illaa huwa l-hayyu l-qayyoom

DIN 31635allāhu lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa l-ḥayyu l-qayyūmu

God, there is no god but He, the Living, the Eternal.

Compare translations (4)

Allah! There is no god save Him, the Alive, the Eternal

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God, there is no god but He, the living, the self-subsistent

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God! there is no god but He, the Living, the Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is no God but God, the living, the self-subsisting

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:3

نَزَّلَ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ بِٱلْحَقِّ مُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَأَنزَلَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)nazzala 'alayka l-kitaaba bil-haqqi musaddiqan limaa bayna yadayhi wa'anzala t-tawraata wal-'injeel

DIN 31635nazzala ʿalayka l-kitāba bil-ḥaqqi muṣaddiqan limā bayna yadayhi waʾanzala t-tawrāta wal-ʾinǧīla

He sent down to you the Book with the Truth, confirming what came before it; and He sent down the Torah and the Gospel.

Compare translations (4)

He hath revealed unto thee (Muhammad) the Scripture with truth, confirming that which was (revealed) before it, even as He revealed the Torah and the Gospel

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He has sent down to thee the Book, in truth, confirming what was before it, and has revealed the law, and the gospel

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

In truth hath He sent down to thee "the Book," which confirmeth those which precede it: For He had sent down the Law, and the Evangel aforetime

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He hath sent down unto thee the book of the Koran with truth, confirming that which was revealed before it; for he had formerly sent down the law, and the gospel

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:4

مِن قَبْلُ هُدًى لِّلنَّاسِ وَأَنزَلَ ٱلْفُرْقَانَ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ شَدِيدٌ وَٱللَّهُ عَزِيزٌ ذُو ٱنتِقَامٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)min qablu hudan lilnnaasi wa'anzala l-furqaana inna lladheena kafaroo bi'aayaati llaahi lahum 'adhaabun shadeedun wallaahu 'azeezun dhoo ntiqaam

DIN 31635min qablu hudan lilnnāsi waʾanzala l-furqāna ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū biʾāyāti llāhi lahum ʿaḏābun šadīdun wallāhu ʿazīzun ḏū ntiqāmin

The translators word this verse differently

Aforetime, as guidance for mankind; and He sent down the Criterion. Those who have rejected God's signs will have a severe punishment. God is Mighty, Able to take revenge.

Compare translations (4)

Aforetime, for a guidance to mankind; and hath revealed the Criterion (of right and wrong). Lo! those who disbelieve the revelations of Allah, theirs will be a heavy doom. Allah is Mighty, Able to Requite (the wrong)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

before for the guidance of men, and has revealed the Discrimination. Verily, those who disbelieve in the signs of God, for them is severe torment, for God is mighty and avenging

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

as man's Guidance; and now hath He sent down the "Illumination." (Furkan.) Verily for those who believe not in the signs of God, is a severe chastisement! And God is Mighty, the Avenger

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

a direction unto men; and he had also sent down the distinction between good and evil. Verily those who believe not the signs of God, shall suffer a grievous punishment; for God is mighty, able to revenge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:5

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَخْفَىٰ عَلَيْهِ شَىْءٌ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha laa yakhfaa 'alayhi shay'un fee l-'ardi walaa fee s-samaa'

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha lā yaḫfā ʿalayhi šayʾun fī l-ʾarḍi walā fī s-samāʾi

Nothing is hidden from God, on earth or in the heaven.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! nothing in the earth or in the heavens is hidden from Allah

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God, there is nothing hidden from Him in the earth, nor in the heaven

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God! nought that is in Earth or that is in Heaven, is hidden unto Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Surely nothing is hidden from God, of that which is on earth, or in heaven

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:6

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُصَوِّرُكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْحَامِ كَيْفَ يَشَآءُ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)huwa lladhee yusawwirukum fee l-'arhaami kayfa yashaa'u laa ilaaha illaa huwa l-'azeezu l-hakeem

DIN 31635huwa llaḏī yuṣawwirukum fī l-ʾarḥāmi kayfa yašāʾu lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

It is He who forms you in the wombs as He wills. There is no god except He, the Almighty, the Wise.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who fashioneth you in the wombs as pleaseth Him. There is no Allah save Him, the Almighty, the Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who fashions you in the womb as He pleases. There is no God but He, the mighty, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He it is who formeth you in your mothers' wombs. There is no god but He; the Mighty, the Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

it is he who formeth you in the wombs, as he pleaseth; there is no God but he, the mighty, the wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:7

هُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ عَلَيْكَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِنْهُ ءَايَٰتٌ مُّحْكَمَٰتٌ هُنَّ أُمُّ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَأُخَرُ مُتَشَٰبِهَٰتٌ فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ زَيْغٌ فَيَتَّبِعُونَ مَا تَشَٰبَهَ مِنْهُ ٱبْتِغَآءَ ٱلْفِتْنَةِ وَٱبْتِغَآءَ تَأْوِيلِهِۦ وَمَا يَعْلَمُ تَأْوِيلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ وَٱلرَّٰسِخُونَ فِى ٱلْعِلْمِ يَقُولُونَ ءَامَنَّا بِهِۦ كُلٌّ مِّنْ عِندِ رَبِّنَا وَمَا يَذَّكَّرُ إِلَّآ أُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)huwa lladhee anzala 'alayka l-kitaaba minhu aayaatun muhkamaatun hunna ummu l-kitaabi wa'ukharu mutashaabihaatun fa'ammaa lladheena fee quloobihim zayghun fayattabi'oona maa tashaabaha minhu btighaa'a l-fitnati wabtighaa'a ta'weelihi wamaa ya'lamu ta'weelahu illaa llaahu war-raasikhoona fee l-'ilmi yaqooloona aamannaa bihi kullun min 'indi rabbinaa wamaa yadhdhakkaru illaa ooloo l-'albaab

DIN 31635huwa llaḏī ʾanzala ʿalayka l-kitāba minhu ʾāyātun muḥkamātun hunna ʾummu l-kitābi waʾuḫaru mutašābihātun faʾammā llaḏīna fī qulūbihim zayġun fayattabiʿūna mā tašābaha minhu btiġāʾa l-fitnati wabtiġāʾa taʾwīlihi wamā yaʿlamu taʾwīlahu ʾillā llāhu war-rāsiḫūna fī l-ʿilmi yaqūlūna ʾāmannā bihi kullun min ʿindi rabbinā wamā yaḏḏakkaru ʾillā ʾūlū l-ʾalbābi

It is He who revealed to you the Book. Some of its verses are definitive; they are the foundation of the Book, and others are unspecific. As for those in whose hearts is deviation, they follow the unspecific part, seeking descent, and seeking to derive an interpretation. But none knows its interpretation except God and those firmly rooted in knowledge say, "We believe in it; all is from our Lord." But none recollects except those with understanding.

Compare translations (4)

He it is Who hath revealed unto thee (Muhammad) the Scripture wherein are clear revelations - they are the substance of the Book - and others (which are) allegorical. But those in whose hearts is doubt pursue, forsooth, that which is allegorical seeking (to cause) dissension by seeking to explain it. None knoweth its explanation save Allah. And those who are of sound instruction say: We believe therein; the whole is from our Lord; but only men of understanding really heed

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He it is who has revealed to thee the Book, of which there are some verses that are decisive, they are the mother of the Book; and others ambiguous; but as for those in whose hearts is perversity, they follow what is ambiguous, and do crave for sedition, craving for (their own) interpretation of it; but none know the interpretation of it except God. But those who are well grounded in knowledge say, 'We believe in it; it is all from our Lord; but none will remember save those who possess minds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He it is who hath sent down to thee "the Book." Some of its signs are of themselves perspicuous; - these are the basis of the Book - and others are figurative. But they whose hearts are given to err, follow its figures, craving discord, craving an interpretation; yet none knoweth its interpretation but God. And the stable in knowledge say, "We believe in it: it is all from our Lord." But none will bear this in mind, save men endued with understanding

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is he who hath sent down unto thee the book, wherein are some verses clear to be understood, they are the foundation of the book; and others are parabolical. But they whose hearts are perverse will follow that which is parabolical therein, out of love of schism, and a desire of the interpretation thereof; yet none knoweth the interpretation thereof, except God. But they who are well grounded in knowledge say, we believe therein, the whole is from our Lord; and none will consider except the prudent

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:8

رَبَّنَا لَا تُزِغْ قُلُوبَنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَيْتَنَا وَهَبْ لَنَا مِن لَّدُنكَ رَحْمَةً إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلْوَهَّابُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa laa tuzigh quloobanaa ba'da idh hadaytanaa wahab lanaa min ladunka rahmatan innaka anta l-wahhaab

DIN 31635rabbanā lā tuziġ qulūbanā baʿda ʾiḏ hadaytanā wahab lanā min ladunka raḥmatan ʾinnaka ʾanta l-wahhābu

"Our Lord, do not cause our hearts to swerve after You have guided us, and bestow on us mercy from Your presence; You are the Giver."

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! Cause not our hearts to stray after Thou hast guided us, and bestow upon us mercy from Thy Presence. Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Bestower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O Lord! pervert not our hearts again when Thou hast guided them, and grant us mercy from Thee, for Thou art He who grants

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! suffer not our hearts to go astray after that thou hast once guided us, and give us mercy from before thee; for verily thou art He who giveth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Lord, cause not our hearts to swerve from truth, after thou hast directed us: And give us from thee mercy, for thou art he who giveth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:9

رَبَّنَآ إِنَّكَ جَامِعُ ٱلنَّاسِ لِيَوْمٍ لَّا رَيْبَ فِيهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُخْلِفُ ٱلْمِيعَادَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa innaka jaami'u n-naasi liyawmin laa rayba feehi inna llaaha laa yukhlifu l-mee'aad

DIN 31635rabbanā ʾinnaka ǧāmiʿu n-nāsi liyawmin lā rayba fīhi ʾinna llāha lā yuḫlifu l-mīʿāda

"Our Lord, You will gather the people for a Day in which there is no doubt." God will never break His promise.

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! Lo! it is Thou Who gatherest mankind together to a Day of which there is no doubt. Lo! Allah faileth not to keep the tryst

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O Lord! Thou shalt gather together men unto the day wherein is no doubt. Verily, God will not depart from His promise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! For the day of whose coming there is not a doubt, thou wilt surely gather mankind together. Verily, God will not fail the promise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Lord, thou shalt surely gather mankind together, unto a day of resurrection: There is no doubt of it, for God will not be contrary to the promise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:10

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَن تُغْنِىَ عَنْهُمْ أَمْوَٰلُهُمْ وَلَآ أَوْلَٰدُهُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمْ وَقُودُ ٱلنَّارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo lan tughniya 'anhum amwaaluhum walaa awlaaduhum mina llaahi shay'an wa'oolaa'ika hum waqoodu n-naar

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū lan tuġniya ʿanhum ʾamwāluhum walā ʾawlāduhum mina llāhi šayʾan waʾūlāʾika hum waqūdu n-nāri

As for those who disbelieve, neither their wealth nor their children will avail them anything against God. These will be fuel for the Fire.

Compare translations (4)

(On that Day) neither the riches nor the progeny of those who disbelieve will aught avail them with Allah. They will be fuel for Fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve, their wealth shall not help them, nor their children, against God at all; and they it is who are the fuel of the fire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As for the infidels, their wealth, and their children, shall avail them nothing against God. They shall be fuel for the fire

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

As for the infidels, their wealth shall not profit them any thing, nor their children, against God: They shall be the fewel of hell fire

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:11

كَدَأْبِ ءَالِ فِرْعَوْنَ وَٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا فَأَخَذَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَٱللَّهُ شَدِيدُ ٱلْعِقَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kada'bi aali fir'awna walladheena min qablihim kadhdhaboo bi'aayaatinaa fa'akhadhahumu llaahu bidhunoobihim wallaahu shadeedu l-'iqaab

DIN 31635kadaʾbi ʾāli firʿawna wallaḏīna min qablihim kaḏḏabū biʾāyātinā faʾaḫaḏahumu llāhu biḏunūbihim wallāhu šadīdu l-ʿiqābi

Like the behavior of Pharaoh's people and those before them. They rejected Our signs, so God seized them for their sins. God is Strict in retribution.

Compare translations (4)

Like Pharaoh's folk and those who were before them, they disbelieved Our revelations and so Allah seized them for their sins. And Allah is severe in punishment

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

As was the wont of Pharaoh's people, and those before them, they said our signs were lies, and God caught them up in their sins, for God is severe to punish

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

After the wont of the people of Pharaoh, and of those who went before them, they treated our signs as falsehoods. Therefore God laid hold of them in their sins; and God is severe in punishing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

According to the wont of the people of Pharaoh, and of those who went before them, they charged our signs with a lie; but God caught them in their wickedness, and God is severe in punishing

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:12

قُل لِّلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ سَتُغْلَبُونَ وَتُحْشَرُونَ إِلَىٰ جَهَنَّمَ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمِهَادُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul lilladheena kafaroo satughlaboona watuhsharoona ilaa jahannama wabi'sa l-mihaad

DIN 31635qul lillaḏīna kafarū satuġlabūna watuḥšarūna ʾilā ǧahannama wabiʾsa l-mihādu

The translators word this verse differently

Say to those who disbelieve, "You will be defeated, and rounded up into Hell-an awful resting-place."

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muhammad) unto those who disbelieve: Ye shall be overcome and gathered unto Hell, an evil resting-place

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say to those who misbelieve, 'Ye shall be overcome and driven together to hell, an ill couch will it be

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Say to the infidels: ye shall be worsted, and to Hell shall ye be gathered together; and wretched the couch

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say unto those who believe not, ye shall be overcome, and thrown together into hell ; an unhappy couch shall it be

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:13

قَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ ءَايَةٌ فِى فِئَتَيْنِ ٱلْتَقَتَا فِئَةٌ تُقَٰتِلُ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَأُخْرَىٰ كَافِرَةٌ يَرَوْنَهُم مِّثْلَيْهِمْ رَأْىَ ٱلْعَيْنِ وَٱللَّهُ يُؤَيِّدُ بِنَصْرِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَعِبْرَةً لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَبْصَٰرِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad kaana lakum aayatun fee fi'atayni l-taqataa fi'atun tuqaatilu fee sabeeli llaahi wa'ukhraa kaafiratun yarawnahum mithlayhim ra'ya l-'ayni wallaahu yu'ayyidu binasrihi man yashaa'u inna fee dhaalika la'ibratan li'oolee l-'absaar

DIN 31635qad kāna lakum ʾāyatun fī fiʾatayni l-taqatā fiʾatun tuqātilu fī sabīli llāhi waʾuḫrā kāfiratun yarawnahum miṯlayhim raʾya l-ʿayni wallāhu yuʾayyidu binaṣrihi man yašāʾu ʾinna fī ḏālika laʿibratan liʾūlī l-ʾabṣāri

The translators word this verse differently

There was a sign for you in the two parties that met. One party fighting in the way of God, and the other was disbelieving. They saw them with their own eyes twice their number. But God supports with His help whomever He wills. In that is a lesson for those with insight.

Compare translations (4)

There was a token for you in two hosts which met: one army fighting in the way of Allah, and another disbelieving, whom they saw as twice their number, clearly, with their very eyes. Thus Allah strengtheneth with His succour whom He will. Lo! herein verily is a lesson for those who have eyes

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye have had a sign in the two parties who met; one party fighting in the way of God, the other misbelieving; these saw twice the same number as themselves to the eye-sight, for God aids with His help those whom He pleases.' Verily, in that is a lesson for those who have perception

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye have already had a sign in the meeting of the two hosts. The one host fought in the cause of God, and the other was infidel. To their own eyesight, the infidels saw you twice as many as themselves: And God aided with his succour whom He would: And in this truly was a lesson for men endued with discernment

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye have already had a miracle shewn you in two armies which attacked each other: One army fought for God's true religion, but the other were infidels; they saw the faithful twice as many as themselves in their eye-sight; for God strengtheneth with his help whom he pleaseth. Surely herein was an example unto men of understanding

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:14

زُيِّنَ لِلنَّاسِ حُبُّ ٱلشَّهَوَٰتِ مِنَ ٱلنِّسَآءِ وَٱلْبَنِينَ وَٱلْقَنَٰطِيرِ ٱلْمُقَنطَرَةِ مِنَ ٱلذَّهَبِ وَٱلْفِضَّةِ وَٱلْخَيْلِ ٱلْمُسَوَّمَةِ وَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ وَٱلْحَرْثِ ذَٰلِكَ مَتَٰعُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱللَّهُ عِندَهُۥ حُسْنُ ٱلْمَـَٔابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)zuyyina lilnnaasi hubbu sh-shahawaati mina n-nisaa'i wal-baneena wal-qanaateeri l-muqantarati mina dh-dhahabi wal-fiddati wal-khayli l-musawwamati wal-'an'aami wal-harthi dhaalika mataa'u l-hayaati d-dunyaa wallaahu 'indahu husnu l-ma'aab

DIN 31635zuyyina lilnnāsi ḥubbu š-šahawāti mina n-nisāʾi wal-banīna wal-qanāṭīri l-muqanṭarati mina ḏ-ḏahabi wal-fiḍḍati wal-ḫayli l-musawwamati wal-ʾanʿāmi wal-ḥarṯi ḏālika matāʿu l-ḥayāti d-dunyā wallāhu ʿindahu ḥusnu l-maʾābi

The translators word this verse differently

Adorned for the people is the love of desires, such as women, and children, and piles upon piles of gold and silver, and branded horses, and livestock, and fields. These are the conveniences of the worldly life, but with God lies the finest resort.

Compare translations (4)

Beautified for mankind is love of the joys (that come) from women and offspring; and stored-up heaps of gold and silver, and horses branded (with their mark), and cattle and land. That is comfort of the life of the world. Allah! With Him is a more excellent abode

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Seemly unto men is a life of lusts, of women, and children, and hoarded talents of gold and silver, and of horses well-bred, and cattle, and tilth;- that is the provision for the life of this world; but God, with Him is the best resort

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Fair-seeming to men is the love of pleasures from women and children, and the treasured treasures of gold and silver, and horses of mark, and flocks, and cornfields! Such the enjoyment of this world's life. But God! goodly the home with Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The love and eager desire of wives, and children, and sums heaped up of gold and silver, and excellent horses, and cattle, and land, is prepared for men: This is the provision of the present life; but unto God shall be the most excellent return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:15

قُلْ أَؤُنَبِّئُكُم بِخَيْرٍ مِّن ذَٰلِكُمْ لِلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ جَنَّٰتٌ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَأَزْوَٰجٌ مُّطَهَّرَةٌ وَرِضْوَٰنٌ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul a'unabbi'ukum bikhayrin min dhaalikum lilladheena taqaw 'inda rabbihim jannaatun tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa wa'azwaajun mutahharatun waridwaanun mina llaahi wallaahu baseerun bil-'ibaad

DIN 31635qul ʾaʾunabbiʾukum biḫayrin min ḏālikum lillaḏīna taqaw ʿinda rabbihim ǧannātun taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā waʾazwāǧun muṭahharatun wariḍwānun mina llāhi wallāhu baṣīrun bil-ʿibādi

Say, "Shall I inform you of something better than that? For those who are righteous, with their Lord are Gardens beneath which rivers flow, where they will remain forever, and purified spouses, and acceptance from God." God is Observant of the servants.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Shall I inform you of something better than that? For those who keep from evil, with their Lord, are Gardens underneath which rivers flow wherein they will abide, and pure companions, and contentment from Allah. Allah is Seer of His bondmen

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'But shall we tell you of a better thing than this?' For those who fear are gardens with their Lord, beneath which rivers flow; they shall dwell therein for aye, and pure wives and grace from God; the Lord looks on His servants

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Shall I tell you of better things than these, prepared for those who fear God, in His presence? Theirs shall be gardens, beneath whose pavilions the rivers flow, and in which shall they abide for aye: and wives of stainless purity, and acceptance with God: for God regardeth his servants

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, shall I declare unto you better things than this? For those who are devout are prepared with their Lord, gardens through which rivers flow; therin shall they continue for ever : And they shall enjoy wives free from impurity, and the favour of God; for God regardeth his servants

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:16

ٱلَّذِينَ يَقُولُونَ رَبَّنَآ إِنَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا ذُنُوبَنَا وَقِنَا عَذَابَ ٱلنَّارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yaqooloona rabbanaa innanaa aamannaa faghfir lanaa dhunoobanaa waqinaa 'adhaaba n-naar

DIN 31635allaḏīna yaqūlūna rabbanā ʾinnanā ʾāmannā faġfir lanā ḏunūbanā waqinā ʿaḏāba n-nāri

Those who say, "Our Lord, we have believed, so forgive us our sins, and save us from the suffering of the Fire."

Compare translations (4)

Those who say: Our Lord! Lo! we believe. So forgive us our sins and guard us from the punishment of Fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who say, 'Lord, we believe, pardon Thou our sins and keep us from the torment of the fire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who say, "O our Lord! we have indeed believed; pardon us our sins, and keep us from the torment of the fire

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who say, O Lord we do sincerely believe; forgive us therefore our sins, and deliver us from the pain of hell fire

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:17

ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ وَٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ وَٱلْقَٰنِتِينَ وَٱلْمُنفِقِينَ وَٱلْمُسْتَغْفِرِينَ بِٱلْأَسْحَارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)as-saabireena was-saadiqeena wal-qaaniteena wal-munfiqeena wal-mustaghfireena bil-'ashaar

DIN 31635aṣ-ṣābirīna waṣ-ṣādiqīna wal-qānitīna wal-munfiqīna wal-mustaġfirīna bil-ʾasḥāri

The translators word this verse differently

The patient, and the truthful, and the reverent, and the charitable, and the seekers of forgiveness at dawn.

Compare translations (4)

The steadfast, and the truthful, and the obedient, those who spend (and hoard not), those who pray for pardon in the watches of the night

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

the patient, the truthful, the devout, and those who ask for pardon at the dawn

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The patient, and the truthful, the lowly, and the charitable, and they who seek pardon at each daybreak

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The patient, and the lovers of truth, and the devout, and the almsgivers, and those who ask pardon early in the morning

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:18

شَهِدَ ٱللَّهُ أَنَّهُۥ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ وَأُو۟لُوا۟ ٱلْعِلْمِ قَآئِمًۢا بِٱلْقِسْطِ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)shahida llaahu annahu laa ilaaha illaa huwa wal-malaa'ikatu wa'ooloo l-'ilmi qaa'iman bil-qisti laa ilaaha illaa huwa l-'azeezu l-hakeem

DIN 31635šahida llāhu ʾannahu lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa wal-malāʾikatu waʾūlū l-ʿilmi qāʾiman bil-qisṭi lā ʾilāha ʾillā huwa l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

God bears witness that there is no god but He, as do the angels, and those endowed with knowledge-upholding justice. There is no god but He, the Mighty, the Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Allah (Himself) is Witness that there is no Allah save Him. And the angels and the men of learning (too are witness). Maintaining His creation in justice, there is no Allah save Him the Almighty, the Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God bears witness that there is no god but He, and the angels, and those possessed of knowledge standing up for justice. There is no God but He, the mighty, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God witnesseth that there is no god but He: and the angels, and men endued with knowledge, stablished in righteousness, proclaim "There is no god but He, the Mighty, the Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God hath born witness that there is no God but he; and the angels, and those who are endowed with wisdom profess the same; who executeth righteousness; there is no God but he; the mighty, the wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:19

إِنَّ ٱلدِّينَ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْإِسْلَٰمُ وَمَا ٱخْتَلَفَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ إِلَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْعِلْمُ بَغْيًۢا بَيْنَهُمْ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna d-deena 'inda llaahi l-'islaamu wamaa khtalafa lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba illaa min ba'di maa jaa'ahumu l-'ilmu baghyan baynahum waman yakfur bi'aayaati llaahi fa'inna llaaha saree'u l-hisaab

DIN 31635ʾinna d-dīna ʿinda llāhi l-ʾislāmu wamā ḫtalafa llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba ʾillā min baʿdi mā ǧāʾahumu l-ʿilmu baġyan baynahum waman yakfur biʾāyāti llāhi faʾinna llāha sarīʿu l-ḥisābi

The translators word this verse differently

Religion with God is Islam. Those to whom the Scripture was given differed only after knowledge came to them, out of envy among themselves. Whoever rejects the signs of God-God is quick to take account.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! religion with Allah (is) the Surrender (to His Will and Guidance). Those who (formerly) received the Scripture differed only after knowledge came unto them, through transgression among themselves. Whoso disbelieveth the revelations of Allah (will find that) lo! Allah is swift at reckoning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, (the true) religion in God's sight is Islam, and those to whom the Book was given disagreed not until after that there was given to them knowledge, through mutual envy. But whoso disbelieves in God's signs, truly God is quick at reckoning up

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The true religion with God is Islam: and they to whom the Scriptures had been given, differed not till after "the knowledge" had come to them, and through mutual jealousy. But as for him who shall not believe in the signs of God - God will be prompt to reckon with him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily the true religion in the sight of God, is Islam; and they who had received the scriptures dissented not therefrom, until after the knowledge of God's unity had come unto them, out of envy among themselves; but whosoever believeth not in the signs of God, verily God will be swift in bringing him to account

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:20

فَإِنْ حَآجُّوكَ فَقُلْ أَسْلَمْتُ وَجْهِىَ لِلَّهِ وَمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَنِ وَقُل لِّلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْأُمِّيِّـۧنَ ءَأَسْلَمْتُمْ فَإِنْ أَسْلَمُوا۟ فَقَدِ ٱهْتَدَوا۟ وَّإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّمَا عَلَيْكَ ٱلْبَلَٰغُ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in haajjooka faqul aslamtu wajhiya lillaahi wamani taba'ani waqul lilladheena ootoo l-kitaaba wal-'ummiyyeena a'aslamtum fa'in aslamoo faqadi htadaw wa'in tawallaw fa'innamaa 'alayka l-balaaghu wallaahu baseerun bil-'ibaad

DIN 31635faʾin ḥāǧǧūka faqul ʾaslamtu waǧhiya lillāhi wamani tabaʿani waqul lillaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba wal-ʾummiyyīna ʾaʾaslamtum faʾin ʾaslamū faqadi htadaw waʾin tawallaw faʾinnamā ʿalayka l-balāġu wallāhu baṣīrun bil-ʿibādi

The translators word this verse differently

If they argue with you, say, "I have surrendered myself to God, and those who follow me." And say to those who were given the Scripture, and to the unlearned, "Have you surrendered?" If they have surrendered, then they are guided; but if they turn away, then your duty is to convey. God is Seeing of the servants.

Compare translations (4)

And if they argue with thee, (O Muhammad), say: I have surrendered my purpose to Allah and (so have) those who follow me. And say unto those who have received the Scripture and those who read not: Have ye (too) surrendered? If they surrender, then truly they are rightly guided, and if they turn away, then it is thy duty only to convey the message (unto them). Allah is Seer of (His) bondmen

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if they would dispute with thee, then say, 'I turn my face with resignation unto God, and whoso follows me.' And say to those who have been given the Book, unto the Gentiles, 'Are ye, too, resigned' and if they are resigned, then are they guided. But if they turn their backs, then thou hast only to preach, and God looks on his servants

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If they shall dispute with thee, then SAY: I have surrendered myself to God, as have they who follow me. SAY to those who have received the Book, and to the common folk, Do ye surrender yourselves unto God? If they become Muslims, then are they guided aright: but if they turn away - thy duty is only preaching; and God's eye is on His servants

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If they dispute with thee, say, I have resigned my self unto God, and he who followeth me doth the same: And say unto them who have received the scriptures, and to the ignorant, do ye profess the religion of Islam? Now if they embrace Islam, they are surely directed; but if they turn their backs, verily unto thee belongeth preaching only; for God regardeth his servants

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:21

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ مِنَ ٱلنَّاسِ فَبَشِّرْهُم بِعَذَابٍ أَلِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena yakfuroona bi'aayaati llaahi wayaqtuloona n-nabiyyeena bighayri haqqin wayaqtuloona lladheena ya'muroona bil-qisti mina n-naasi fabashshirhum bi'adhaabin aleem

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna yakfurūna biʾāyāti llāhi wayaqtulūna n-nabiyyīna biġayri ḥaqqin wayaqtulūna llaḏīna yaʾmurūna bil-qisṭi mina n-nāsi fabašširhum biʿaḏābin ʾalīmin

The translators word this verse differently

As for those who defy God's revelations, and kill the prophets unjustly, and kill those who advocate justice among the people-promise them a painful retribution.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who disbelieve the revelations of Allah, and slay the prophets wrongfully, and slay those of mankind who enjoin equity: promise them a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who disbelieve in God's signs, and kill the prophets without right, and kill those from among men, who bid what is just,- to them give the glad tidings of grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But to those who believe not in the signs of God, and unjustly slay the prophets, and slay those men who enjoin uprightness, - announce an afflictive chastisement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And unto those who believe not in the signs of God, and slay the prophets without a cause, and put those men to death who teach justice; denounce unto them a painful punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:22

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَمَا لَهُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika lladheena habitat a'maaluhum fee d-dunyaa wal-'aakhirati wamaa lahum min naasireen

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika llaḏīna ḥabiṭat ʾaʿmāluhum fī d-dunyā wal-ʾāḫirati wamā lahum min nāṣirīna

They are those whose deeds will come to nothing, in this world and in the Hereafter; and they will have no saviors.

Compare translations (4)

Those are they whose works have failed in the world and the Hereafter; and they have no helpers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are they whose works are void in this world and the next, and helpers have they none

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are they whose works come to nought in this world, and in the next; and none shall they have to help them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are they whose works perish in this world, and in that which is to come; and they shall have none to help them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:23

أَلَمْ تَرَ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ نَصِيبًا مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ يُدْعَوْنَ إِلَىٰ كِتَٰبِ ٱللَّهِ لِيَحْكُمَ بَيْنَهُمْ ثُمَّ يَتَوَلَّىٰ فَرِيقٌ مِّنْهُمْ وَهُم مُّعْرِضُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alam tara ilaa lladheena ootoo naseeban mina l-kitaabi yud'awna ilaa kitaabi llaahi liyahkuma baynahum thumma yatawallaa fareequn minhum wahum mu'ridoon

DIN 31635ʾalam tara ʾilā llaḏīna ʾūtū naṣīban mina l-kitābi yudʿawna ʾilā kitābi llāhi liyaḥkuma baynahum ṯumma yatawallā farīqun minhum wahum muʿriḍūna

The translators word this verse differently

Have you not considered those who were given a share of the Scripture, as they were called to the Scripture of God to arbitrate between them; then some of them turned back, and declined?

Compare translations (4)

Hast thou not seen how those who have received a portion of the Scripture invoke the Scripture of Allah (in their disputes) that it may judge between them; then a faction of them turn away, being opposed (to it)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Did ye not see those who have been given a portion of the Book? they were called unto the Book of God to decide between them; and then a sect of them turned their backs and turned away

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Hast thou not marked those who have received a portion of the Scriptures, when they are summoned to the Book of God, that it may settle their differences? Then did a part of them turn back, and withdrew far off

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Hast thou not observed those unto whom part of the scripture was given? They were called unto the book of God, that it might judge between them; then some of them turned their backs, and retired afar off

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:24

ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ لَن تَمَسَّنَا ٱلنَّارُ إِلَّآ أَيَّامًا مَّعْدُودَٰتٍ وَغَرَّهُمْ فِى دِينِهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika bi'annahum qaaloo lan tamassanaa n-naaru illaa ayyaaman ma'doodaatin wagharrahum fee deenihim maa kaanoo yaftaroon

DIN 31635ḏālika biʾannahum qālū lan tamassanā n-nāru ʾillā ʾayyāman maʿdūdātin waġarrahum fī dīnihim mā kānū yaftarūna

That is because they said, "The Fire will not touch us except for a limited number of days." They have been misled in their religion by the lies they fabricated.

Compare translations (4)

That is because they say: The Fire will not touch us save for a certain number of days. That which they used to invent hath deceived them regarding their religion

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

that is because they say the fire shall not touch us save for a certain number of days. But that deceived them in their religion which they had invented

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This - because they said, "The fire shall by no means touch us, but for certain days:" - Their own devices have deceived them in their religion

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This they did because they said, the fire of hell shall by no means touch us, but for a certain number of days: And that which they had falsly devised, hath deceived them in their religion

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:25

فَكَيْفَ إِذَا جَمَعْنَٰهُمْ لِيَوْمٍ لَّا رَيْبَ فِيهِ وَوُفِّيَتْ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ مَّا كَسَبَتْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fakayfa idhaa jama'naahum liyawmin laa rayba feehi wawuffiyat kullu nafsin maa kasabat wahum laa yuzlamoon

DIN 31635fakayfa ʾiḏā ǧamaʿnāhum liyawmin lā rayba fīhi wawuffiyat kullu nafsin mā kasabat wahum lā yuẓlamūna

How about when We gather them for a Day in which there is no doubt, and each soul will be paid in full for what it has earned, and they will not be wronged?

Compare translations (4)

How (will it be with them) when We have brought them all together to a Day of which there is no doubt, when every soul will be paid in full what it hath earned, and they will not be wronged

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How will it be when we have gathered them together for a day whereof there is no doubt, when each soul shall be paid what it has earned, and they shall not be wronged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But how, when we shall assemble them together for the day of (which) whose coming there is no doubt, and when every soul shall be paid what it hath earned, and they shall not be wronged

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

How then will it be with them, when we shall gather them together at the day of judgment, of which there is no doubt; and every soul shall be paid that which it hath gained, neither shall they be treated unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:26

قُلِ ٱللَّهُمَّ مَٰلِكَ ٱلْمُلْكِ تُؤْتِى ٱلْمُلْكَ مَن تَشَآءُ وَتَنزِعُ ٱلْمُلْكَ مِمَّن تَشَآءُ وَتُعِزُّ مَن تَشَآءُ وَتُذِلُّ مَن تَشَآءُ بِيَدِكَ ٱلْخَيْرُ إِنَّكَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)quli llaahumma maalika l-mulki tu'tee l-mulka man tashaa'u watanzi'u l-mulka mimman tashaa'u watu'izzu man tashaa'u watudhillu man tashaa'u biyadika l-khayru innaka 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635quli llāhumma mālika l-mulki tuʾtī l-mulka man tašāʾu watanziʿu l-mulka mimman tašāʾu watuʿizzu man tašāʾu watuḏillu man tašāʾu biyadika l-ḫayru ʾinnaka ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

The translators word this verse differently

Say, "O God, Owner of Sovereignty. You grant sovereignty to whom You will, and You strip sovereignty from whom you will. You honor whom you will, and You humiliate whom you will. In Your hand is all goodness. You are Capable of all things."

Compare translations (4)

Say: O Allah! Owner of Sovereignty! Thou givest sovereignty unto whom Thou wilt, and Thou withdrawest sovereignty from whom Thou wilt. Thou exaltest whom Thou wilt, and Thou abasest whom Thou wilt. In Thy hand is the good. Lo! Thou art Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'O God, Lord of the kingdom! Thou givest the kingdom to whomsoever Thou pleasest, and strippest the kingdom from whomsoever Thou pleasest; Thou honourest whom Thou pleasest, and abasest whom Thou pleasest; in Thy hand is good. Verily, Thou art mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: O God, possessor of all power, thou givest power to whom thou wilt, and from whom thou wilt, thou takest it away! Thou raisest up whom thou wilt, and whom thou wilt thou dost abase! In thy hand is good; for thou art over all things potent

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, O God, who possessest the kingdom; thou givest the kingdom unto whom thou wilt, and thou takest away the kingdom from whom thou wilt: Thou exaltest whom thou wilt, and thou humblest whom thou wilt: In thy had is good, for thou art almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:27

تُولِجُ ٱلَّيْلَ فِى ٱلنَّهَارِ وَتُولِجُ ٱلنَّهَارَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ وَتُخْرِجُ ٱلْحَىَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَيِّتِ وَتُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَيِّتَ مِنَ ٱلْحَىِّ وَتَرْزُقُ مَن تَشَآءُ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tooliju llayla fee n-nahaari watooliju n-nahaara fee llayli watukhriju l-hayya mina l-mayyiti watukhriju l-mayyita mina l-hayyi watarzuqu man tashaa'u bighayri hisaab

DIN 31635tūliǧu llayla fī n-nahāri watūliǧu n-nahāra fī llayli watuḫriǧu l-ḥayya mina l-mayyiti watuḫriǧu l-mayyita mina l-ḥayyi watarzuqu man tašāʾu biġayri ḥisābin

"You merge the night into the day, and You merge the day into the night; and you bring the living out of the dead, and You bring the dead out of the living; and You provide for whom you will without measure."

Compare translations (4)

Thou causest the night to pass into the day, and Thou causest the day to pass into the night. And Thou bringest forth the living from the dead, and Thou bringest forth the dead from the living. And Thou givest sustenance to whom Thou choosest, without stint

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thou dost turn night to day, and dost turn day to night, and dost bring forth the living from the dead, and dost provide for whom Thou pleasest without taking count

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thou causest the night to pass into the day, and thou causest the day to pass into the night. Thou bringest the living out of the dead, and thou bringest the dead out of the living; and thou givest sustenance to whom thou wilt, without measure

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Thou makest the night to succeed the day: Thou bringest forth the living out of the dead, and thou bringest forth the dead out of the living; and providest food for whom thou wilt without measure

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:28

لَّا يَتَّخِذِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ وَمَن يَفْعَلْ ذَٰلِكَ فَلَيْسَ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ فِى شَىْءٍ إِلَّآ أَن تَتَّقُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ تُقَىٰةً وَيُحَذِّرُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ نَفْسَهُۥ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa yattakhidhi l-mu'minoona l-kaafireena awliyaa'a min dooni l-mu'mineena waman yaf'al dhaalika falaysa mina llaahi fee shay'in illaa an tattaqoo minhum tuqaatan wayuhadhdhirukumu llaahu nafsahu wa'ilaa llaahi l-maseer

DIN 31635lā yattaḫiḏi l-muʾminūna l-kāfirīna ʾawliyāʾa min dūni l-muʾminīna waman yafʿal ḏālika falaysa mina llāhi fī šayʾin ʾillā ʾan tattaqū minhum tuqātan wayuḥaḏḏirukumu llāhu nafsahu waʾilā llāhi l-maṣīru

The translators word this verse differently

Believers are not to take disbelievers for friends instead of believers. Whoever does that has nothing to do with God, unless it is to protect your own selves against them. God warns you to beware of Him. To God is the destiny.

Compare translations (4)

Let not the believers take disbelievers for their friends in preference to believers. Whoso doeth that hath no connection with Allah unless (it be) that ye but guard yourselves against them, taking (as it were) security. Allah biddeth you beware (only) of Himself. Unto Allah is the journeying

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who believe shall not take misbelievers for their patrons, rather than believers, and he who does this has no part with God at all, unless, indeed, ye fear some danger from them. But God bids you beware of Himself, for unto Him your journey is

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let not believers take infidels for their friends rather than believers: whoso shall do this hath nothing to hope from God - unless, indeed, ye fear a fear from them: But God would have you beware of Himself; for to God ye return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Let not the faithful take the infidels for their protectors, rather than the faithful: He who doth this, shall not be protected of God at all; unless ye fear any danger from them: But God warneth you to beware of himself; for unto God must ye return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:29

قُلْ إِن تُخْفُوا۟ مَا فِى صُدُورِكُمْ أَوْ تُبْدُوهُ يَعْلَمْهُ ٱللَّهُ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul in tukhfoo maa fee sudoorikum aw tubdoohu ya'lamhu llaahu waya'lamu maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wallaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635qul ʾin tuḫfū mā fī ṣudūrikum ʾaw tubdūhu yaʿlamhu llāhu wayaʿlamu mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi wallāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

Say, "Whether you conceal what is in your hearts, or disclose it, God knows it." He knows everything in the heavens and the earth. God is Powerful over everything.

Compare translations (4)

Say, (O Muhammad): Whether ye hide that which is in your breasts or reveal it, Allah knoweth it. He knoweth that which is in the heavens and that which is in the earth, and Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'If ye hide that which is in your breasts, or if ye show it, God knows it: He knows what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, for God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Whether ye hide what is in your breasts, or whether ye publish it abroad, God knoweth it: He knoweth what is in the heavens and what is in the earth; and over all things is God potent

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, whether ye conceal that which is in your breasts, or whether ye declare it, God knoweth it; for he knoweth whatever is in heaven, and whatever is on earth: God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:30

يَوْمَ تَجِدُ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ مَّا عَمِلَتْ مِنْ خَيْرٍ مُّحْضَرًا وَمَا عَمِلَتْ مِن سُوٓءٍ تَوَدُّ لَوْ أَنَّ بَيْنَهَا وَبَيْنَهُۥٓ أَمَدًۢا بَعِيدًا وَيُحَذِّرُكُمُ ٱللَّهُ نَفْسَهُۥ وَٱللَّهُ رَءُوفٌۢ بِٱلْعِبَادِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yawma tajidu kullu nafsin maa 'amilat min khayrin muhdaran wamaa 'amilat min soo'in tawaddu law anna baynahaa wabaynahu amadan ba'eedan wayuhadhdhirukumu llaahu nafsahu wallaahu ra'oofun bil-'ibaad

DIN 31635yawma taǧidu kullu nafsin mā ʿamilat min ḫayrin muḥḍaran wamā ʿamilat min sūʾin tawaddu law ʾanna baynahā wabaynahu ʾamadan baʿīdan wayuḥaḏḏirukumu llāhu nafsahu wallāhu raʾūfun bil-ʿibādi

On the Day when every soul finds all the good it has done presented. And as for the evil it has done, it will wish there were a great distance between them. God cautions you of Himself. God is Kind towards the servants.

Compare translations (4)

On the Day when every soul will find itself confronted with all that it hath done of good and all that it hath done of evil (every soul) will long that there might be a mighty space of distance between it and that (evil). Allah biddeth you beware of Him. And Allah is Full of Pity for (His) bondmen

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The day that every soul shall find what it has done of good present before it; and what it has done of evil, it would fain that there were between itself and that a wide interval. 'God bids you beware of Himself, but God is gentle with His servants

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On that day shall every soul find present to it, whatever it hath wrought of good: and as to what it hath wrought of evil, it will wish that wide were the space between itself and it! But God would have you beware of Himself; for God is kind to His servants

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

On the last day every soul shall find the good which it hath wrought, present; and the evil which it hath wrought, it shall wish that between it self and that were a wide distance: But God warneth you to beware of himself; for God is gracious unto his servants

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:31

قُلْ إِن كُنتُمْ تُحِبُّونَ ٱللَّهَ فَٱتَّبِعُونِى يُحْبِبْكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَيَغْفِرْ لَكُمْ ذُنُوبَكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul in kuntum tuhibboona llaaha faattabi'oonee yuhbibkumu llaahu wayaghfir lakum dhunoobakum wallaahu ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635qul ʾin kuntum tuḥibbūna llāha fāttabiʿūnī yuḥbibkumu llāhu wayaġfir lakum ḏunūbakum wallāhu ġafūrun raḥīmun

Say, "If you love God, then follow me, and God will love you, and will forgive you your sins." God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Say, (O Muhammad, to mankind): If ye love Allah, follow me; Allah will love you and forgive you your sins. Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'If ye would love God then follow me, and God will love you and forgive you your sins, for God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: If ye love God, then follow me: God will love you, and forgive your sins, for God is Forgiving, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, if ye love God, follow me: Then God shall love you, and forgive you your sins; for God is gracious, and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:32

قُلْ أَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلرَّسُولَ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul atee'oo llaaha war-rasoola fa'in tawallaw fa'inna llaaha laa yuhibbu l-kaafireen

DIN 31635qul ʾaṭīʿū llāha war-rasūla faʾin tawallaw faʾinna llāha lā yuḥibbu l-kāfirīna

Say, "Obey God and the Messenger." But if they turn away-God does not love the faithless.

Compare translations (4)

Say: Obey Allah and the messenger. But if they turn away, lo! Allah loveth not the disbelievers (in His guidance)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'Obey God and the Apostle; but if ye turn your backs God loves not misbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: Obey God and the Apostle; but if ye turn away, then verily, God loveth not the unbelievers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, obey God, and his apostle: But if ye go back, verily God loveth not the unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:33

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱصْطَفَىٰٓ ءَادَمَ وَنُوحًا وَءَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَءَالَ عِمْرَٰنَ عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha stafaa aadama wanoohan wa'aala ibraaheema wa'aala 'imraana 'alaa l-'aalameen

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha ṣṭafā ʾādama wanūḥan waʾāla ʾibrāhīma waʾāla ʿimrāna ʿalā l-ʿālamīna

God chose Adam, and Noah, and the family of Abraham, and the family of Imran, over all mankind.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah preferred Adam and Noah and the Family of Abraham and the Family of 'Imran above (all His) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, God has chosen Adam, and Noah, and Abraham's people, and Imran's people above the world

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily above all human beings did God choose Adam, and Noah, and the family of Abraham, and the family of IMRAN

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God hath surely chosen Adam, and Noah, and the family of Abraham, and the family of Imran above the rest of the world

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:34

ذُرِّيَّةًۢ بَعْضُهَا مِنۢ بَعْضٍ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhurriyyatan ba'duhaa min ba'din wallaahu samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635ḏurriyyatan baʿḍuhā min baʿḍin wallāhu samīʿun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Offspring one of the other. God is Hearer and Knower.

Compare translations (4)

They were descendants one of another. Allah is Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

a seed, of which one succeeds the other, but God both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

the one the posterity of the other: And God Heareth, Knoweth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

a race descending the one from the other: God is he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:35

إِذْ قَالَتِ ٱمْرَأَتُ عِمْرَٰنَ رَبِّ إِنِّى نَذَرْتُ لَكَ مَا فِى بَطْنِى مُحَرَّرًا فَتَقَبَّلْ مِنِّىٓ إِنَّكَ أَنتَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh qaalati mra'atu 'imraana rabbi innee nadhartu laka maa fee batnee muharraran fataqabbal minnee innaka anta s-samee'u l-'aleem

DIN 31635ʾiḏ qālati mraʾatu ʿimrāna rabbi ʾinnī naḏartu laka mā fī baṭnī muḥarraran fataqabbal minnī ʾinnaka ʾanta s-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

The wife of Imran said, "My Lord, I have vowed to You what is in my womb, dedicated, so accept from me; You are the Hearer and Knower."

Compare translations (4)

(Remember) when the wife of 'Imran said: My Lord! I have vowed unto Thee that which is in my belly as a consecrated (offering). Accept it from me. Lo! Thou, only Thou, art the Hearer, the Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When Imran's wife said, 'Lord! I have vowed to Thee what is within my womb, to be dedicated unto Thee, receive it then from me. Verily, Thou dost hear and know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Remember when the wife of Imran said, "O my Lord! I vow to thee what is in my womb, for thy special service. Accept it from me, for thou Hearest, Knowest

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Remember when the wife of Imran said, Lord, verily I have vowed unto thee that which is in my womb, to be dedicated to thy service: Accept it therefore of me; for thou art he who heareth and knoweth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:36

فَلَمَّا وَضَعَتْهَا قَالَتْ رَبِّ إِنِّى وَضَعْتُهَآ أُنثَىٰ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا وَضَعَتْ وَلَيْسَ ٱلذَّكَرُ كَٱلْأُنثَىٰ وَإِنِّى سَمَّيْتُهَا مَرْيَمَ وَإِنِّىٓ أُعِيذُهَا بِكَ وَذُرِّيَّتَهَا مِنَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ ٱلرَّجِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa wada'athaa qaalat rabbi innee wada'tuhaa unthaa wallaahu a'lamu bimaa wada'at walaysa dh-dhakaru kal-'unthaa wa'innee sammaytuhaa maryama wa'innee u'eedhuhaa bika wadhurriyyatahaa mina sh-shaytaani r-rajeem

DIN 31635falammā waḍaʿathā qālat rabbi ʾinnī waḍaʿtuhā ʾunṯā wallāhu ʾaʿlamu bimā waḍaʿat walaysa ḏ-ḏakaru kal-ʾunṯā waʾinnī sammaytuhā maryama waʾinnī ʾuʿīḏuhā bika waḏurriyyatahā mina š-šayṭāni r-raǧīmi

And when she delivered her, she said, "My Lord, I have delivered a female," and God was well aware of what she has delivered, "and the male is not like the female, and I have named her Mary, and have commended her and her descendants to Your protection, from Satan the outcast."

Compare translations (4)

And when she was delivered she said: My Lord! Lo! I am delivered of a female - Allah knew best of what she was delivered - the male is not as the female; and lo! I have named her Mary, and lo! I crave Thy protection for her and for her offspring from Satan the outcast

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when she brought it forth she said, 'Verily, I have brought it forth a female' - but God knew best what she brought forth; and a male is not like a female - 'I have called her Mary, and I seek a refuge in Thee for her and for her seed from Satan the pelted

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when she had given birth to it, she said, "O my Lord! Verily I have brought forth a female," - God knew what she had brought forth; a male is not as a female - "and I have named her Mary, and I take refuge with thee for her and for her offspring, from Satan the stoned

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when she was delivered of it, she said, Lord, verily I have brought forth a female, -- and God well knew what she had brought forth -- and a male is not as a female: I have called her Mary; and I commend her to thy protection, and also her issue, against Satan driven away with stones

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:37

فَتَقَبَّلَهَا رَبُّهَا بِقَبُولٍ حَسَنٍ وَأَنۢبَتَهَا نَبَاتًا حَسَنًا وَكَفَّلَهَا زَكَرِيَّا كُلَّمَا دَخَلَ عَلَيْهَا زَكَرِيَّا ٱلْمِحْرَابَ وَجَدَ عِندَهَا رِزْقًا قَالَ يَٰمَرْيَمُ أَنَّىٰ لَكِ هَٰذَا قَالَتْ هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَرْزُقُ مَن يَشَآءُ بِغَيْرِ حِسَابٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fataqabbalahaa rabbuhaa biqaboolin hasanin wa'anbatahaa nabaatan hasanan wakaffalahaa zakariyyaa kullamaa dakhala 'alayhaa zakariyyaa l-mihraaba wajada 'indahaa rizqan qaala yaa maryamu annaa laki haadhaa qaalat huwa min 'indi llaahi inna llaaha yarzuqu man yashaa'u bighayri hisaab

DIN 31635fataqabbalahā rabbuhā biqabūlin ḥasanin waʾanbatahā nabātan ḥasanan wakaffalahā zakariyyā kullamā daḫala ʿalayhā zakariyyā l-miḥrāba waǧada ʿindahā rizqan qāla yā maryamu ʾannā laki hāḏā qālat huwa min ʿindi llāhi ʾinna llāha yarzuqu man yašāʾu biġayri ḥisābin

Her Lord accepted her with a gracious reception, and brought her a beautiful upbringing, and entrusted her to the care of Zechariah. Whenever Zechariah entered upon her in the sanctuary, he found her with provision. He said, "O Mary, where did you get this from?" She said, "It is from God; God provides to whom He wills without reckoning."

Compare translations (4)

And her Lord accepted her with full acceptance and vouchsafed to her a goodly growth; and made Zachariah her guardian. Whenever Zachariah went into the sanctuary where she was, he found that she had food. He said: O Mary! Whence cometh unto thee this (food)? She answered: It is from Allah. Allah giveth without stint to whom He will

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And her Lord received her with a good reception, and made her grow up with a good growth, and Zachariah took care of her. Whenever Zachariah entered the chamber to her he found beside her a provision, and said, 'O Mary, how hast thou this?' She said, 'It is from God, for God provides for whom He pleases without count

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

So with goodly acceptance did her Lord accept her, and with goodly growth did he make her grow. Zacharias reared her. So oft as Zacharias went in to Mary at the sanctuary, he found her supplied with food. "Oh, Mary!" said he, "whence hast thou this?" She said, "It is from God; for God supplieth whom He will, without reckoning

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Therefore the Lord accepted her with a gracious acceptance, and caused her to bear an excellent offspring. And Zacharias took care of the child; whenever Zacharias went into the chamber to her, he found provisions with her: And he said, O Mary, whence hadst thou this? She answered, this is from God: For God provideth for whom he pleaseth without measure

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:38

هُنَالِكَ دَعَا زَكَرِيَّا رَبَّهُۥ قَالَ رَبِّ هَبْ لِى مِن لَّدُنكَ ذُرِّيَّةً طَيِّبَةً إِنَّكَ سَمِيعُ ٱلدُّعَآءِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)hunaalika da'aa zakariyyaa rabbahu qaala rabbi hab lee min ladunka dhurriyyatan tayyibatan innaka samee'u d-du'aa'

DIN 31635hunālika daʿā zakariyyā rabbahu qāla rabbi hab lī min ladunka ḏurriyyatan ṭayyibatan ʾinnaka samīʿu d-duʿāʾi

The translators word this verse differently

Thereupon Zechariah prayed to his Lord; he said, "My Lord, bestow on me good offspring from Your presence; You are the Hearer of Prayers."

Compare translations (4)

Then Zachariah prayed unto his Lord and said: My Lord! Bestow upon me of Thy bounty goodly offspring. Lo! Thou art the Hearer of Prayer

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Therefore prayed Zachariah to his Lord, and said, 'Lord, grant me from Thee a good seed. Verily, Thou hearest prayer

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

There did Zacharias call upon his Lord: "O my Lord!" said he, "vouchsafe me from thyself good descendants, for thou art the hearer of prayer

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There Zacharias called on his Lord, and said, Lord, give me from thee a good offspring, for thou art the hearer of prayer

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:39

فَنَادَتْهُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ وَهُوَ قَآئِمٌ يُصَلِّى فِى ٱلْمِحْرَابِ أَنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُبَشِّرُكَ بِيَحْيَىٰ مُصَدِّقًۢا بِكَلِمَةٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَسَيِّدًا وَحَصُورًا وَنَبِيًّا مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fanaadathu l-malaa'ikatu wahuwa qaa'imun yusallee fee l-mihraabi anna llaaha yubashshiruka biyahyaa musaddiqan bikalimatin mina llaahi wasayyidan wahasooran wanabiyyan mina s-saaliheen

DIN 31635fanādathu l-malāʾikatu wahuwa qāʾimun yuṣallī fī l-miḥrābi ʾanna llāha yubašširuka biyaḥyā muṣaddiqan bikalimatin mina llāhi wasayyidan waḥaṣūran wanabiyyan mina ṣ-ṣāliḥīna

Then the angels called out to him, as he stood praying in the sanctuary: "God gives you good news of John; confirming a Word from God, and honorable, and moral, and a prophet; one of the upright."

Compare translations (4)

And the angels called to him as he stood praying in the sanctuary: Allah giveth thee glad tidings of (a son whose name is) John, (who cometh) to confirm a word from Allah lordly, chaste, a prophet of the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And an angel cried out to him as he was standing praying in the chamber (and said) that 'God gives thee the glad tidings of John, to confirm the Word from God,- of a chief and a chaste one, and a prophet from amongst the righteous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then did the angels call to him, as he stood praying in the sanctuary: "God announceth John (Yahia) to thee, who shall be a verifier of the word from God, and a great one, chaste, and a prophet of the number of the just

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And the angels called to him, while he stood praying in the chamber, saying, verily God promiseth thee a son named John, who shall bear witness to the word which cometh from God; an honourable person, chast, and one of the righteous prophets

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:40

قَالَ رَبِّ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لِى غُلَٰمٌ وَقَدْ بَلَغَنِىَ ٱلْكِبَرُ وَٱمْرَأَتِى عَاقِرٌ قَالَ كَذَٰلِكَ ٱللَّهُ يَفْعَلُ مَا يَشَآءُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaala rabbi annaa yakoonu lee ghulaamun waqad balaghaniya l-kibaru wamra'atee 'aaqirun qaala kadhaalika llaahu yaf'alu maa yashaa'

DIN 31635qāla rabbi ʾannā yakūnu lī ġulāmun waqad balaġaniya l-kibaru wamraʾatī ʿāqirun qāla kaḏālika llāhu yafʿalu mā yašāʾu

He said, "My Lord, how will I have a son, when old age has overtaken me, and my wife is barren?" He said, "Even so, God does whatever He wills."

Compare translations (4)

He said: My Lord! How can I have a son when age hath overtaken me already and my wife is barren? (The angel) answered: So (it will be). Allah doeth what He will

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He said, 'My Lord, how can there be to me a boy when old age has reached me, and my wife is barren?' Said he, 'Thus God does what He pleaseth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He said, "O my Lord! how shall I have a son, now that old age hath come upon me, and my wife is barren?" He said, "Thus will God do His pleasure

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He answered, Lord, how shall I have a son, when old age hath overtaken me, and my wife is barren? The angel said, so God doth that which he pleaseth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:41

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱجْعَل لِّىٓ ءَايَةً قَالَ ءَايَتُكَ أَلَّا تُكَلِّمَ ٱلنَّاسَ ثَلَٰثَةَ أَيَّامٍ إِلَّا رَمْزًا وَٱذْكُر رَّبَّكَ كَثِيرًا وَسَبِّحْ بِٱلْعَشِىِّ وَٱلْإِبْكَٰرِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaala rabbi j'al lee aayatan qaala aayatuka allaa tukallima n-naasa thalaathata ayyaamin illaa ramzan wadhkur rabbaka katheeran wasabbih bil-'ashiyyi wal-'ibkaar

DIN 31635qāla rabbi ǧʿal lī ʾāyatan qāla ʾāyatuka ʾallā tukallima n-nāsa ṯalāṯata ʾayyāmin ʾillā ramzan waḏkur rabbaka kaṯīran wasabbiḥ bil-ʿašiyyi wal-ʾibkāri

He said, "My Lord, give me a sign." He said, "Your sign is that you shall not speak to the people for three days, except by gestures. And remember your Lord much, and praise in the evening and the morning."

Compare translations (4)

He said: My Lord! Appoint a token for me. (The angel) said: The token unto thee (shall be) that thou shalt not speak unto mankind three days except by signs. Remember thy Lord much, and praise (Him) in the early hours of night and morning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He said, 'My Lord, make for me a sign.' He said, 'Thy sign is that thou shalt not speak to men for three days, save by gesture; but remember thy Lord much, and celebrate His praises in the evening and the morning

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He said, "Lord! give me a token." He said, "Thy token shall be, that for three days thou shalt speak to no man but by signs: But remember thy Lord often, and praise him at even and at morn

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Zacharias answered, Lord, give me a sign. The angel said, thy sign shall be, that thou shalt speak unto no man for three days, otherwise than by gesture: Remember thy Lord often, and praise him evening and morning

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:42

وَإِذْ قَالَتِ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَٰمَرْيَمُ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ ٱصْطَفَىٰكِ وَطَهَّرَكِ وَٱصْطَفَىٰكِ عَلَىٰ نِسَآءِ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh qaalati l-malaa'ikatu yaa maryamu inna llaaha stafaaki watahharaki wastafaaki 'alaa nisaa'i l-'aalameen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ qālati l-malāʾikatu yā maryamu ʾinna llāha ṣṭafāki waṭahharaki waṣṭafāki ʿalā nisāʾi l-ʿālamīna

The angels said, "O Mary, God has chosen you, and has purified you. He has chosen you over all the women of the world.

Compare translations (4)

And when the angels said: O Mary! Lo! Allah hath chosen thee and made thee pure, and hath preferred thee above (all) the women of creation

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when the angels said, 'O Mary! verily, God has chosen thee, and has purified thee, and has chosen thee above the women of the world

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And remember when the angels said, "O Mary! verily hath God chosen thee, and purified thee, and chosen thee above the women of the worlds

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when the angels said, O Mary, verily God hath chosen thee, and hath purified thee, and hath chosen thee above all the women of the world

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:43

يَٰمَرْيَمُ ٱقْنُتِى لِرَبِّكِ وَٱسْجُدِى وَٱرْكَعِى مَعَ ٱلرَّٰكِعِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa maryamu qnutee lirabbiki wasjudee warka'ee ma'a r-raaki'een

DIN 31635yā maryamu qnutī lirabbiki wasǧudī warkaʿī maʿa r-rākiʿīna

"O Mary, be devoted to your Lord, and bow down, and kneel with those who kneel."

Compare translations (4)

O Mary! Be obedient to thy Lord, prostrate thyself and bow with those who bow (in worship)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O Mary! be devout unto thy Lord, and adore and bow down with those who bow

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O Mary! be devout towards thy Lord, and prostrate thyself, and bow down with those who bow

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Mary, be devout towards thy Lord, and worship, and bow down with those who bow down

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:44

ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآءِ ٱلْغَيْبِ نُوحِيهِ إِلَيْكَ وَمَا كُنتَ لَدَيْهِمْ إِذْ يُلْقُونَ أَقْلَٰمَهُمْ أَيُّهُمْ يَكْفُلُ مَرْيَمَ وَمَا كُنتَ لَدَيْهِمْ إِذْ يَخْتَصِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika min anbaa'i l-ghaybi nooheehi ilayka wamaa kunta ladayhim idh yulqoona aqlaamahum ayyuhum yakfulu maryama wamaa kunta ladayhim idh yakhtasimoon

DIN 31635ḏālika min ʾanbāʾi l-ġaybi nūḥīhi ʾilayka wamā kunta ladayhim ʾiḏ yulqūna ʾaqlāmahum ʾayyuhum yakfulu maryama wamā kunta ladayhim ʾiḏ yaḫtaṣimūna

These are accounts from the Unseen, which We reveal to you. You were not with them when they cast their lots as to which of them would take charge of Mary; nor were you with them as they quarreled.

Compare translations (4)

This is of the tidings of things hidden. We reveal it unto thee (Muhammad). Thou wast not present with them when they threw their pens (to know) which of them should be the guardian of Mary, nor wast thou present with them when they quarrelled (thereupon)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is (one) of the declarations of the unseen world which we reveal to thee, though thou wert not by them when they threw their lots which of them should take care of Mary, nor were ye by them when they did dispute

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This is one of the announcements of things unseen by thee: To thee, O Muhammad! do we reveal it; for thou wast not with them when they cast lots with reeds which of them should rear Mary; nor wast thou with them when they disputed about it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This is a secret history: We reveal it unto thee, although thou wast not present with them when they threw in their rods to cast lots which of them should have the education of Mary; neither wast thou with them, when they strove among themselves

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:45

إِذْ قَالَتِ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ يَٰمَرْيَمُ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُبَشِّرُكِ بِكَلِمَةٍ مِّنْهُ ٱسْمُهُ ٱلْمَسِيحُ عِيسَى ٱبْنُ مَرْيَمَ وَجِيهًا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh qaalati l-malaa'ikatu yaa maryamu inna llaaha yubashshiruki bikalimatin minhu smuhu l-maseehu 'eesaa bnu maryama wajeehan fee d-dunyaa wal-'aakhirati wamina l-muqarrabeen

DIN 31635ʾiḏ qālati l-malāʾikatu yā maryamu ʾinna llāha yubašširuki bikalimatin minhu smuhu l-masīḥu ʿīsā bnu maryama waǧīhan fī d-dunyā wal-ʾāḫirati wamina l-muqarrabīna

The Angels said, "O Mary, God gives you good news of a Word from Him. His name is the Messiah, Jesus, son of Mary, well-esteemed in this world and the next, and one of the nearest.

Compare translations (4)

(And remember) when the angels said: O Mary! Lo! Allah giveth thee glad tidings of a word from him, whose name is the Messiah, Jesus, son of Mary, illustrious in the world and the Hereafter, and one of those brought near (unto Allah)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When the angel said, 'O Mary! verily, God gives thee the glad tidings of a Word from Him; his name shall be the Messiah Jesus the son of Mary, regarded in this world and the next and of those whose place is nigh to God

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Remember when the angel said, "O Mary! Verily God announceth to thee the Word from Him: His name shall be, Messiah Jesus the son of Mary, illustrious in this world, and in the next, and one of those who have near access to God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When the angels said; O Mary, verily God sendeth thee good tidings, that thou shalt bear the word, proceeding from himself; his name shall be Christ Jesus the son of Mary, honourable in this world and in the world to come, and one of those who approach near to the presence of God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:46

وَيُكَلِّمُ ٱلنَّاسَ فِى ٱلْمَهْدِ وَكَهْلًا وَمِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayukallimu n-naasa fee l-mahdi wakahlan wamina s-saaliheen

DIN 31635wayukallimu n-nāsa fī l-mahdi wakahlan wamina ṣ-ṣāliḥīna

He will speak to the people from the crib, and in adulthood, and will be one of the righteous."

Compare translations (4)

He will speak unto mankind in his cradle and in his manhood, and he is of the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And he shall speak to people in his cradle, and when grown up, and shall be among the righteous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And He shall speak to men alike when in the cradle and when grown up; And he shall be one of the just

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and he shall speak unto men in the cradle, and when he is grown up; and he shall be one of the righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:47

قَالَتْ رَبِّ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لِى وَلَدٌ وَلَمْ يَمْسَسْنِى بَشَرٌ قَالَ كَذَٰلِكِ ٱللَّهُ يَخْلُقُ مَا يَشَآءُ إِذَا قَضَىٰٓ أَمْرًا فَإِنَّمَا يَقُولُ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qaalat rabbi annaa yakoonu lee waladun walam yamsasnee basharun qaala kadhaaliki llaahu yakhluqu maa yashaa'u idhaa qadaa amran fa'innamaa yaqoolu lahu kun fayakoon

DIN 31635qālat rabbi ʾannā yakūnu lī waladun walam yamsasnī bašarun qāla kaḏāliki llāhu yaḫluqu mā yašāʾu ʾiḏā qaḍā ʾamran faʾinnamā yaqūlu lahu kun fayakūnu

She said, "My Lord, how can I have a child, when no man has touched me?" He said, "It will be so. God creates whatever He wills. To have anything done, He only says to it, 'Be,' and it is."

Compare translations (4)

She said: My Lord! How can I have a child when no mortal hath touched me? He said: So (it will be). Allah createth what He will. If He decreeth a thing, He saith unto it only: Be! and it is

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

She said, 'Lord! how can I have a son, when man has not yet touched me?' He said, 'Thus God creates what He pleaseth. When He decrees a matter He only says BE and it is

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

She said, "How, O my Lord! shall I have a son, when man hath not touched me?" He said, "Thus: God will create what He will; When He decreeth a thing, He only saith, 'Be,' and it is

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

She answered, Lord, how shall I have a son, since a man hath not touched me? The Angel said, so God createth that which he pleaseth: When he decreeth a thing, he only saith unto it, be, and it is

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:48

وَيُعَلِّمُهُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَٱلتَّوْرَىٰةَ وَٱلْإِنجِيلَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wayu'allimuhu l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wat-tawraata wal-'injeel

DIN 31635wayuʿallimuhu l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata wat-tawrāta wal-ʾinǧīla

And He will teach him the Scripture and wisdom, and the Torah and the Gospel.

Compare translations (4)

And He will teach him the Scripture and wisdom, and the Torah and the Gospel

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and He will teach him the Book, and wisdom, and the law, and the gospel

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And he will teach him the Book, and the Wisdom, and the Law, and the Evangel

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God shall teach him the scripture, and wisdom, and the law, and the gospel

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:49

وَرَسُولًا إِلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ أَنِّى قَدْ جِئْتُكُم بِـَٔايَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ أَنِّىٓ أَخْلُقُ لَكُم مِّنَ ٱلطِّينِ كَهَيْـَٔةِ ٱلطَّيْرِ فَأَنفُخُ فِيهِ فَيَكُونُ طَيْرًۢا بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَأُبْرِئُ ٱلْأَكْمَهَ وَٱلْأَبْرَصَ وَأُحْىِ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَأُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا تَأْكُلُونَ وَمَا تَدَّخِرُونَ فِى بُيُوتِكُمْ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)warasoolan ilaa banee israa'eela annee qad ji'tukum bi'aayatin min rabbikum annee akhluqu lakum mina t-teeni kahay'ati t-tayri fa'anfukhu feehi fayakoonu tayran bi'idhni llaahi wa'ubri'u l-'akmaha wal-'abrasa wa'uhyee l-mawtaa bi'idhni llaahi wa'unabbi'ukum bimaa ta'kuloona wamaa taddakhiroona fee buyootikum inna fee dhaalika la'aayatan lakum in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635warasūlan ʾilā banī ʾisrāʾīla ʾannī qad ǧiʾtukum biʾāyatin min rabbikum ʾannī ʾaḫluqu lakum mina ṭ-ṭīni kahayʾati ṭ-ṭayri faʾanfuḫu fīhi fayakūnu ṭayran biʾiḏni llāhi waʾubriʾu l-ʾakmaha wal-ʾabraṣa waʾuḥyī l-mawtā biʾiḏni llāhi waʾunabbiʾukum bimā taʾkulūna wamā taddaḫirūna fī buyūtikum ʾinna fī ḏālika laʾāyatan lakum ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

A messenger to the Children of Israel: "I have come to you with a sign from your Lord. I make for you out of clay the figure of a bird; then I breathe into it, and it becomes a bird by God's leave. And I heal the blind and the leprous, and I revive the dead, by God's leave. And I inform you concerning what you eat, and what you store in your homes. In that is a sign for you, if you are believers."

Compare translations (4)

And will make him a messenger unto the Children of Israel, (saying): Lo! I come unto you with a sign from your Lord. Lo! I fashion for you out of clay the likeness of a bird, and I breathe into it and it is a bird, by Allah's leave. I heal him who was born blind, and the leper, and I raise the dead, by Allah's leave. And I announce unto you what ye eat and what ye store up in your houses. Lo! herein verily is a portent for you, if ye are to be believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and he shall be a prophet to the people of Israel (saying), that I have come to you, with a sign from God, namely, that I will create for you out of clay as though it were the form of a bird, and I will blow thereon and it shall become a bird by God's permission; and I will heal the blind from birth, and lepers; and I will bring the dead to life by God's permission; and I will tell you what you eat and what ye store up in your houses. Verily, in that is a sign for you if ye be believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and he shall be an apostle to the children of Israel. "Now have I come," he will say, "to you with a sign from your Lord: Out of clay will I make for you, as it were, the figure of a bird: and I will breathe into it, and it shall become, by God's leave, a bird. And I will heal the blind, and the leper; and by God's leave will I quicken the dead; and I will tell you what ye eat, and what ye store up in your houses! Truly in this will be a sign for you, if ye are believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and shall appoint him his apostle to the children of Israel; and he shall say, verily I come unto you with a sign from your Lord; for I will make before you, of clay, as it were the figure of a bird; then I will breathe thereon, and it shall become a bird, by the permission of God: And I will heal him that hath been blind from his birth; and the leper: And I will raise the dead by the permission of God: And I will prophesy unto you what ye eat, and what ye lay up for store in your houses. Verily herein will be a sign unto you, if ye believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:50

وَمُصَدِّقًا لِّمَا بَيْنَ يَدَىَّ مِنَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَلِأُحِلَّ لَكُم بَعْضَ ٱلَّذِى حُرِّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ وَجِئْتُكُم بِـَٔايَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَأَطِيعُونِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamusaddiqan limaa bayna yadayya mina t-tawraati wali'uhilla lakum ba'da lladhee hurrima 'alaykum waji'tukum bi'aayatin min rabbikum faattaqoo llaaha wa'atee'oon

DIN 31635wamuṣaddiqan limā bayna yadayya mina t-tawrāti waliʾuḥilla lakum baʿḍa llaḏī ḥurrima ʿalaykum waǧiʾtukum biʾāyatin min rabbikum fāttaqū llāha waʾaṭīʿūni

"And verifying what lies before me of the Torah, and to make lawful for you some of what was forbidden to you. I have come to you with a sign from your Lord; so fear God, and obey me."

Compare translations (4)

And (I come) confirming that which was before me of the Torah, and to make lawful some of that which was forbidden unto you. I come unto you with a sign from your Lord, so keep your duty to Allah and obey me

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And I will confirm what is before you of the law, and will surely make lawful for you some of that which was prohibited from you. I have come to you with a sign from your Lord, so fear God and follow me

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And I have come to attest the law which was before me; and to allow you part of that which had been forbidden you; and I come to you with a sign from your Lord: Fear God, then, and obey me

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And I come to confirm the law which was revealed before me, and to allow unto you as lawful, part of that which hath been forbidden you: And I come unto you with a sign from your Lord; therefore fear God, and obey me

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:51

إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ رَبِّى وَرَبُّكُمْ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ هَٰذَا صِرَٰطٌ مُّسْتَقِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna llaaha rabbee warabbukum fa'budoohu haadhaa siraatun mustaqeem

DIN 31635ʾinna llāha rabbī warabbukum faʿbudūhu hāḏā ṣirāṭun mustaqīmun

"God is my Lord and your Lord, so worship Him. That is a straight path."

Compare translations (4)

Lo! Allah is my Lord and your Lord, so worship Him. That is a straight path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

for God is my Lord, and your Lord, so worship Him:- this is the right path

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

of a truth God is my Lord, and your Lord: Therefore worship Him. This is a right way

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily God is my Lord, and your Lord: Therefore serve him. This is the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:52

فَلَمَّآ أَحَسَّ عِيسَىٰ مِنْهُمُ ٱلْكُفْرَ قَالَ مَنْ أَنصَارِىٓ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ قَالَ ٱلْحَوَارِيُّونَ نَحْنُ أَنصَارُ ٱللَّهِ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَٱشْهَدْ بِأَنَّا مُسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)falammaa ahassa 'eesaa minhumu l-kufra qaala man ansaaree ilaa llaahi qaala l-hawaariyyoona nahnu ansaaru llaahi aamannaa billaahi washhad bi'annaa muslimoon

DIN 31635falammā ʾaḥassa ʿīsā minhumu l-kufra qāla man ʾanṣārī ʾilā llāhi qāla l-ḥawāriyyūna naḥnu ʾanṣāru llāhi ʾāmannā billāhi wašhad biʾannā muslimūna

When Jesus sensed disbelief on their part, he said, "Who are my allies towards God?" The disciples said, "We are God's allies; we have believed in God, and bear witness that we submit."

Compare translations (4)

But when Jesus became conscious of their disbelief, he cried: Who will be my helpers in the cause of Allah? The disciples said: We will be Allah's helpers. We believe in Allah, and bear thou witness that we have surrendered (unto Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when Jesus perceived their unbelief, He said, 'Who are my helpers for God?' Said the apostles, 'We are God's helpers. We believe in God, so bear witness that we are resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And when Jesus perceived unbelief on their part, He said, "Who my helpers with God?" The apostles said, "We will be God's helpers! We believe in God, and bear thou witness that we are Muslims

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But when Jesus perceived their unbelief, he said, who will be my helpers towards God? The apostles answered, we will be the helpers of God; we believe in God, and do thou bear witness that we are true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:53

رَبَّنَآ ءَامَنَّا بِمَآ أَنزَلْتَ وَٱتَّبَعْنَا ٱلرَّسُولَ فَٱكْتُبْنَا مَعَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa aamannaa bimaa anzalta waattaba'naa r-rasoola faktubnaa ma'a sh-shaahideen

DIN 31635rabbanā ʾāmannā bimā ʾanzalta wāttabaʿnā r-rasūla faktubnā maʿa š-šāhidīna

"Our Lord, we have believed in what You have revealed, and we have followed the Messenger, so count us among the witnesses."

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! We believe in that which Thou hast revealed and we follow him whom Thou hast sent. Enrol us among those who witness (to the truth)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lord, we have believed in what Thou hast revealed, and we have followed the Apostle, so write us down with those which bear witness

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! we believe in what thou hast sent down, and we follow the apostle; write us up, then, with those who bear witness to him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Lord, we believe in that which thou hast sent down, and we have followed thy apostle; write us down therefore with those who bear witness of him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:54

وَمَكَرُوا۟ وَمَكَرَ ٱللَّهُ وَٱللَّهُ خَيْرُ ٱلْمَٰكِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamakaroo wamakara llaahu wallaahu khayru l-maakireen

DIN 31635wamakarū wamakara llāhu wallāhu ḫayru l-mākirīna

They planned, and God planned; but God is the Best of planners.

Compare translations (4)

And they (the disbelievers) schemed, and Allah schemed (against them): and Allah is the best of schemers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But they (the Jews) were crafty, and God was crafty, for God is the best of crafty ones

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And the Jews plotted, and God plotted: But of those who plot is God the best

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And the Jews devised a stratagem against him; but God devised a stratagem against them; and God is the best deviser of stratagems

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:55

إِذْ قَالَ ٱللَّهُ يَٰعِيسَىٰٓ إِنِّى مُتَوَفِّيكَ وَرَافِعُكَ إِلَىَّ وَمُطَهِّرُكَ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَجَاعِلُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوكَ فَوْقَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ثُمَّ إِلَىَّ مَرْجِعُكُمْ فَأَحْكُمُ بَيْنَكُمْ فِيمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh qaala llaahu yaa 'eesaa innee mutawaffeeka waraafi'uka ilayya wamutahhiruka mina lladheena kafaroo wajaa'ilu lladheena taba'ooka fawqa lladheena kafaroo ilaa yawmi l-qiyaamati thumma ilayya marji'ukum fa'ahkumu baynakum feemaa kuntum feehi takhtalifoon

DIN 31635ʾiḏ qāla llāhu yā ʿīsā ʾinnī mutawaffīka warāfiʿuka ʾilayya wamuṭahhiruka mina llaḏīna kafarū waǧāʿilu llaḏīna tabaʿūka fawqa llaḏīna kafarū ʾilā yawmi l-qiyāmati ṯumma ʾilayya marǧiʿukum faʾaḥkumu baynakum fīmā kuntum fīhi taḫtalifūna

God said, "O Jesus, I am terminating your life, and raising you to Me, and clearing you of those who disbelieve. And I will make those who follow you superior to those who disbelieve, until the Day of Resurrection. Then to Me is your return; then I will judge between you regarding what you were disputing.

Compare translations (4)

(And remember) when Allah said: O Jesus! Lo! I am gathering thee and causing thee to ascend unto Me, and am cleansing thee of those who disbelieve and am setting those who follow thee above those who disbelieve until the Day of Resurrection. Then unto Me ye will (all) return, and I shall judge between you as to that wherein ye used to differ

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When God said, 'O Jesus! I will make Thee die and take Thee up again to me and will clear thee of those who misbelieve, and will make those who follow thee above those who misbelieve, at the day of judgment, then to me is your return. I will decide between you concerning that wherein ye disagree

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Remember when God said, "O Jesus! verily I will cause thee to die, and will take thee up to myself and deliver thee from those who believe not; and I will place those who follow thee above those who believe not, until the day of resurrection. Then, to me is your return, and wherein ye differ will I decide between you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When God said, O Jesus, verily I will cause thee to die, and I will take thee up unto me, and I will deliver thee from the unbelievers; and I will place those who follow thee, above the unbelievers, until the day of resurrection: Then unto me shall ye return, and I will judge between you of that concerning which ye disagree

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:56

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فَأُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًا شَدِيدًا فِى ٱلدُّنْيَا وَٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَمَا لَهُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'ammaa lladheena kafaroo fa'u'adhdhibuhum 'adhaaban shadeedan fee d-dunyaa wal-'aakhirati wamaa lahum min naasireen

DIN 31635faʾammā llaḏīna kafarū faʾuʿaḏḏibuhum ʿaḏāban šadīdan fī d-dunyā wal-ʾāḫirati wamā lahum min nāṣirīna

As for those who disbelieve, I will punish them with a severe punishment, in this world and the next, and they will have no helpers.

Compare translations (4)

As for those who disbelieve I shall chastise them with a heavy chastisement in the world and the Hereafter; and they will have no helpers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And as for those who misbelieve, I will punish them with grievous punishment in this world and the next, and they shall have none to help them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And as to those who believe not, I will chastise them with a terrible chastisement in this world and in the next; and none shall they have to help them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover, as for the infidels, I will punish them with a grievous punishment in this world, and in that which is to come; and there shall be none to help them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:57

وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ فَيُوَفِّيهِمْ أُجُورَهُمْ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'ammaa lladheena aamanoo wa'amiloo s-saalihaati fayuwaffeehim ujoorahum wallaahu laa yuhibbu z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635waʾammā llaḏīna ʾāmanū waʿamilū ṣ-ṣāliḥāti fayuwaffīhim ʾuǧūrahum wallāhu lā yuḥibbu ẓ-ẓālimīna

And as for those who believe and do good works, He will give them their rewards in full. God does not love the unjust."

Compare translations (4)

And as for those who believe and do good works, He will pay them their wages in full. Allah loveth not wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But as for those who believe and do what is right, He will pay them their reward, for God loves not the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But as to those who believe, and do the things that are right, He will pay them their recompense. God loveth not the doers of evil

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who believe, and do that which is right, he shall give them their reward; for God loveth not the wicked doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:58

ذَٰلِكَ نَتْلُوهُ عَلَيْكَ مِنَ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ وَٱلذِّكْرِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika natloohu 'alayka mina l-'aayaati wadh-dhikri l-hakeem

DIN 31635ḏālika natlūhu ʿalayka mina l-ʾāyāti waḏ-ḏikri l-ḥakīmi

The translators word this verse differently

This is what We recite to you of the Verses and the Wise Reminder.

Compare translations (4)

This (which) We recite unto thee is a revelation and a wise reminder

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

That is what we recite to thee of the signs and of the wise reminder

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These signs, and this wise warning do we rehearse to thee

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These signs, and this prudent admonition do we rehearse unto thee

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:59

إِنَّ مَثَلَ عِيسَىٰ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ كَمَثَلِ ءَادَمَ خَلَقَهُۥ مِن تُرَابٍ ثُمَّ قَالَ لَهُۥ كُن فَيَكُونُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna mathala 'eesaa 'inda llaahi kamathali aadama khalaqahu min turaabin thumma qaala lahu kun fayakoon

DIN 31635ʾinna maṯala ʿīsā ʿinda llāhi kamaṯali ʾādama ḫalaqahu min turābin ṯumma qāla lahu kun fayakūnu

The likeness of Jesus in God's sight is that of Adam: He created him from dust, then said to him, "Be," and he was.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! the likeness of Jesus with Allah is as the likeness of Adam. He created him of dust, then He said unto him: Be! and he is

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily the likeness of Jesus with God is as the likeness of Adam. He created him from earth, then He said to him BE, and he was

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, Jesus is as Adam in the sight of God. He created him of dust: He then said to him, "Be" - and he was

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily the likeness of Jesus in the sight of God, is as the likeness of Adam: He created him out of the dust, and then said unto him, be; and he was

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:60

ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكَ فَلَا تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)al-haqqu min rabbika falaa takun mina l-mumtareen

DIN 31635al-ḥaqqu min rabbika falā takun mina l-mumtarīna

The truth is from your Lord, so do not be of those who doubt.

Compare translations (4)

(This is) the truth from thy Lord (O Muhammad), so be not thou of those who waver

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

the truth from thy Lord, so be thou not of those who are in doubt

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The truth from thy Lord! Be not thou, therefore, of those who doubt

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This is the truth from thy Lord; be not therefore one of those who doubt

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:61

فَمَنْ حَآجَّكَ فِيهِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَكَ مِنَ ٱلْعِلْمِ فَقُلْ تَعَالَوْا۟ نَدْعُ أَبْنَآءَنَا وَأَبْنَآءَكُمْ وَنِسَآءَنَا وَنِسَآءَكُمْ وَأَنفُسَنَا وَأَنفُسَكُمْ ثُمَّ نَبْتَهِلْ فَنَجْعَل لَّعْنَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faman haajjaka feehi min ba'di maa jaa'aka mina l-'ilmi faqul ta'aalaw nad'u abnaa'anaa wa'abnaa'akum wanisaa'anaa wanisaa'akum wa'anfusanaa wa'anfusakum thumma nabtahil fanaj'al la'nata llaahi 'alaa l-kaadhibeen

DIN 31635faman ḥāǧǧaka fīhi min baʿdi mā ǧāʾaka mina l-ʿilmi faqul taʿālaw nadʿu ʾabnāʾanā waʾabnāʾakum wanisāʾanā wanisāʾakum waʾanfusanā waʾanfusakum ṯumma nabtahil fanaǧʿal laʿnata llāhi ʿalā l-kāḏibīna

And if anyone disputes with you about him, after the knowledge that has come to you, say, "Come, let us call our children and your children, and our women and your women, and ourselves and yourselves, and let us invoke God's curse on the liars."

Compare translations (4)

And whoso disputeth with thee concerning him, after the knowledge which hath come unto thee, say (unto him): Come! We will summon our sons and your sons, and our women and your women, and ourselves and yourselves, then we will pray humbly (to our Lord) and (solemnly) invoke the curse of Allah upon those who lie

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And whoso disputeth with thee after what has come to thee of knowledge, say, 'Come, let us call our sons and your sons, and our women and your women, and ourselves and yourselves: then we will imprecate and put God's curse on those who lie

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As for those who dispute with thee about Him, after "theknowledge" hath come to thee, SAY: Come, let us summon our sons and your sons, our wives and your wives, and ourselves and yourselves. Then will we invoke and lay the malison of God on those that lie

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And whoever shall dispute with thee concerning him, after the knowledge which hath been given thee, say unto them, come, let us call together our sons, and your sons, and our wives, and your wives, and our selves, and your selves; then let us make imprecations, and lay the curse of God on those who lie

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:62

إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَهُوَ ٱلْقَصَصُ ٱلْحَقُّ وَمَا مِنْ إِلَٰهٍ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ وَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَهُوَ ٱلْعَزِيزُ ٱلْحَكِيمُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna haadhaa lahuwa l-qasasu l-haqqu wamaa min ilaahin illaa llaahu wa'inna llaaha lahuwa l-'azeezu l-hakeem

DIN 31635ʾinna hāḏā lahuwa l-qaṣaṣu l-ḥaqqu wamā min ʾilāhin ʾillā llāhu waʾinna llāha lahuwa l-ʿazīzu l-ḥakīmu

This is the narrative of truth: there is no god but God. God is the Mighty, the Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! This verily is the true narrative. There is no Allah save Allah, and lo! Allah, He verily is, is the Mighty, the Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those are the true stories, and there is no god but God, and, verily, God He is the mighty, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This recital is very truth, and there is no god but God; and verily God is the Mighty, the Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily this is a true history: And there is no God, but God; and God is most mighty, and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:63

فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in tawallaw fa'inna llaaha 'aleemun bil-mufsideen

DIN 31635faʾin tawallaw faʾinna llāha ʿalīmun bil-mufsidīna

But if they turn away-God knows the corrupt.

Compare translations (4)

And if they turn away, then lo! Allah is Aware of (who are) the corrupters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

but if they turn back, God knows the evildoers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But if they turn away, then verily God hath knowledge of the corrupt doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If they turn back, God well knoweth the evil doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:64

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ تَعَالَوْا۟ إِلَىٰ كَلِمَةٍ سَوَآءٍۭ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَكُمْ أَلَّا نَعْبُدَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ وَلَا نُشْرِكَ بِهِۦ شَيْـًٔا وَلَا يَتَّخِذَ بَعْضُنَا بَعْضًا أَرْبَابًا مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَقُولُوا۟ ٱشْهَدُوا۟ بِأَنَّا مُسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa ahla l-kitaabi ta'aalaw ilaa kalimatin sawaa'in baynanaa wabaynakum allaa na'buda illaa llaaha walaa nushrika bihi shay'an walaa yattakhidha ba'dunaa ba'dan arbaaban min dooni llaahi fa'in tawallaw faqooloo shhadoo bi'annaa muslimoon

DIN 31635qul yā ʾahla l-kitābi taʿālaw ʾilā kalimatin sawāʾin baynanā wabaynakum ʾallā naʿbuda ʾillā llāha walā nušrika bihi šayʾan walā yattaḫiḏa baʿḍunā baʿḍan ʾarbāban min dūni llāhi faʾin tawallaw faqūlū šhadū biʾannā muslimūna

Say, "O People of the Book, come to terms common between us and you: that we worship none but God, and that we associate nothing with Him, and that none of us takes others as lords besides God." And if they turn away, say, "Bear witness that we have submitted."

Compare translations (4)

Say: O People of the Scripture! Come to an agreement between us and you: that we shall worship none but Allah, and that we shall ascribe no partner unto Him, and that none of us shall take others for lords beside Allah. And if they turn away, then say: Bear witness that we are they who have surrendered (unto Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'O ye people of the Book, come to a word laid down plainly between us and you, that we will not serve other than God, nor associate aught with him, nor take each other for lords rather than God.' But if they turn back then say, 'Bear witness that we are resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: O people of the Book! come ye to a just judgment between us and you - That we worship not aught but God, and that we join no other god with Him, and that the one of us take not the other for lords, beside God. Then if they turn their backs, SAY: Bear ye witness that we are Muslims

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, O ye who have received the scripture, come to a just determination between us and you; that we worship not any except God, and associate no creature with him; and that the one of us take not the other for lords, beside God. But if they turn back, say, bear witness that we are true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:65

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تُحَآجُّونَ فِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَمَآ أُنزِلَتِ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةُ وَٱلْإِنجِيلُ إِلَّا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦٓ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ahla l-kitaabi lima tuhaajjoona fee ibraaheema wamaa unzilati t-tawraatu wal-'injeelu illaa min ba'dihi afalaa ta'qiloon

DIN 31635yā ʾahla l-kitābi lima tuḥāǧǧūna fī ʾibrāhīma wamā ʾunzilati t-tawrātu wal-ʾinǧīlu ʾillā min baʿdihi ʾafalā taʿqilūna

O People of the Book! Why do you argue about Abraham, when the Torah and the Gospel were not revealed until after him? Will you not reason?

Compare translations (4)

O People of the Scripture! Why will ye argue about Abraham, when the Torah and the Gospel were not revealed till after him? Have ye then no sense

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O people of the Book, why do ye dispute about Abraham, when the law and the gospel were not revealed until after him? What! do ye not understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O people of the Book! Why dispute about Abraham, when the Law and the Evangel were not sent down till after him? Do ye not then understand

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O ye to whom the scriptures have been given, why do ye dispute concerning Abraham, since the law and the gospel were not sent down until after him? Do ye not therefore understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:66

هَٰٓأَنتُمْ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ حَٰجَجْتُمْ فِيمَا لَكُم بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ فَلِمَ تُحَآجُّونَ فِيمَا لَيْسَ لَكُم بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ وَأَنتُمْ لَا تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)haa antum haa'ulaa'i haajajtum feemaa lakum bihi 'ilmun falima tuhaajjoona feemaa laysa lakum bihi 'ilmun wallaahu ya'lamu wa'antum laa ta'lamoon

DIN 31635hā ʾantum hāʾulāʾi ḥāǧaǧtum fīmā lakum bihi ʿilmun falima tuḥāǧǧūna fīmā laysa lakum bihi ʿilmun wallāhu yaʿlamu waʾantum lā taʿlamūna

Here you are-you argue about things you know, but why do you argue about things you do not know? God knows, and you do not know.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! ye are those who argue about that whereof ye have some knowledge: Why then argue ye concerning that whereof ye have no knowledge? Allah knoweth. Ye know not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Here ye are, disputing about what ye have some knowledge of; why then do ye dispute about what ye have no knowledge of? God knows and ye know not

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Lo! ye are they who dispute about that in which ye have knowledge; but why dispute ye about that of which ye have no knowledge? God hath knowledge, but ye know nothing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Behold ye are they who dispute concerning that which ye have some knowledge in; why therefore do ye dispute concerning that which ye have no knowledge of? God knoweth, but ye know not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:67

مَا كَانَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ يَهُودِيًّا وَلَا نَصْرَانِيًّا وَلَٰكِن كَانَ حَنِيفًا مُّسْلِمًا وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa kaana ibraaheemu yahoodiyyan walaa nasraaniyyan walaakin kaana haneefan musliman wamaa kaana mina l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635mā kāna ʾibrāhīmu yahūdiyyan walā naṣrāniyyan walākin kāna ḥanīfan musliman wamā kāna mina l-mušrikīna

Abraham was neither a Jew nor a Christian, but he was a Monotheist, a Muslim. And he was not of the Polytheists.

Compare translations (4)

Abraham was not a Jew, nor yet a Christian; but he was an upright man who had surrendered (to Allah), and he was not of the idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Abraham was not a Jew, nor yet a Christian, but he was a `Hanif resigned, and not of the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Abraham was neither Jew nor Christian; but he was sound in the faith, a Muslim; and not of those who add gods to God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Abraham was neither a Jew, nor a Christian; but he was of the true religion, one resigned unto God, and was not of the number of the idolaters

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:68

إِنَّ أَوْلَى ٱلنَّاسِ بِإِبْرَٰهِيمَ لَلَّذِينَ ٱتَّبَعُوهُ وَهَٰذَا ٱلنَّبِىُّ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ وَلِىُّ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna awlaa n-naasi bi'ibraaheema lalladheena taba'oohu wahaadhaa n-nabiyyu walladheena aamanoo wallaahu waliyyu l-mu'mineen

DIN 31635ʾinna ʾawlā n-nāsi biʾibrāhīma lallaḏīna tabaʿūhu wahāḏā n-nabiyyu wallaḏīna ʾāmanū wallāhu waliyyu l-muʾminīna

The people most deserving of Abraham are those who followed him, and this prophet, and those who believe. God is the Guardian of the believers.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those of mankind who have the best claim to Abraham are those who followed him, and this Prophet and those who believe (with him); and Allah is the Protecting Guardian of the believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, the people most worthy of Abraham are those who follow him and his prophets, and those who believe;- God is the patron of the believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They among men, who are nearest of kin to Abraham, are surely those who follow him, and this prophet Muhammad, and they who believe on him. And God is the protector of the faithful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily the men who are the nearest of kin unto Abraham, are they who follow him; and this prophet, and they who believe on him: God is the patron of the faithful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:69

وَدَّت طَّآئِفَةٌ مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَوْ يُضِلُّونَكُمْ وَمَا يُضِلُّونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waddat taa'ifatun min ahli l-kitaabi law yudilloonakum wamaa yudilloona illaa anfusahum wamaa yash'uroon

DIN 31635waddat ṭāʾifatun min ʾahli l-kitābi law yuḍillūnakum wamā yuḍillūna ʾillā ʾanfusahum wamā yašʿurūna

A party of the People of the Book would love to lead you astray, but they only lead themselves astray, and they do not realize it.

Compare translations (4)

A party of the People of the Scripture long to make you go astray; and they make none to go astray except themselves, but they perceive not

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

A sect of the people of the Book would fain they could lead you astray, but they only lead themselves astray, and they do not perceive

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

A party among the people of the Book would fain mislead you: but they only mislead themselves, and perceive it not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Some of those who have received the scriptures desire to seduce you; but they seduce themselves only, and they perceive it not

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:70

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَأَنتُمْ تَشْهَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ahla l-kitaabi lima takfuroona bi'aayaati llaahi wa'antum tashhadoon

DIN 31635yā ʾahla l-kitābi lima takfurūna biʾāyāti llāhi waʾantum tašhadūna

The translators word this verse differently

O People of the Book! Why do you reject the revelations of God, even as you witness?

Compare translations (4)

O People of the Scripture! Why disbelieve ye in the revelations of Allah, when ye (yourselves) bear witness (to their truth)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O people of the Book! why do ye disbelieve in the signs of God, the while ye witness them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O people of the Book! why disbelieve the signs of God, of which yourselves have been witnesses

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O ye who have received the scriptures, why do ye not believe in the signs of God, since ye are witnesses of them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:71

يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَلْبِسُونَ ٱلْحَقَّ بِٱلْبَٰطِلِ وَتَكْتُمُونَ ٱلْحَقَّ وَأَنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ahla l-kitaabi lima talbisoona l-haqqa bil-baatili wataktumoona l-haqqa wa'antum ta'lamoon

DIN 31635yā ʾahla l-kitābi lima talbisūna l-ḥaqqa bil-bāṭili wataktumūna l-ḥaqqa waʾantum taʿlamūna

O People of the Book! Why do you confound the truth with falsehood, and knowingly conceal the truth?

Compare translations (4)

O People of the Scripture! Why confound ye truth with falsehood and knowingly conceal the truth

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O people of the Book! why do ye clothe the truth with falsehood and hide the truth the while ye know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O people of the Book! why clothe ye the truth with falsehood? Why wittingly hide the truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O ye who have received the scriptures, why do ye clothe truth with vanity, and knowingly hide the truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:72

وَقَالَت طَّآئِفَةٌ مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَجْهَ ٱلنَّهَارِ وَٱكْفُرُوٓا۟ ءَاخِرَهُۥ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waqaalat taa'ifatun min ahli l-kitaabi aaminoo billadhee unzila 'alaa lladheena aamanoo wajha n-nahaari wakfuroo aakhirahu la'allahum yarji'oon

DIN 31635waqālat ṭāʾifatun min ʾahli l-kitābi ʾāminū billaḏī ʾunzila ʿalā llaḏīna ʾāmanū waǧha n-nahāri wakfurū ʾāḫirahu laʿallahum yarǧiʿūna

The translators word this verse differently

Some of the People of the Book say, "Believe in what was revealed to the believers at the beginning of the day, and reject it at its end, so that they may return."

Compare translations (4)

And a party of the People of the Scripture say: Believe in that which hath been revealed unto those who believe at the opening of the day, and disbelieve at the end thereof, in order that they may return

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

A sect of the people of the Book say, 'Believe in what was revealed to those who believed at the first appearance of the day, and disbelieve it at the end thereof,' - that (others) may perchance go back (from their faith)

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Others of the people of the Book say: "Believe in what hath been sent down to the believers, at daybreak, and deny it at its close" - Thus do they go back

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And some of those to whom the scriptures were given, say, believe in that which hath been sent down unto those who believe, in the beginning of the day; and deny it in the end thereof; that they may go back from their faith

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:73

وَلَا تُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِلَّا لِمَن تَبِعَ دِينَكُمْ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْهُدَىٰ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ أَن يُؤْتَىٰٓ أَحَدٌ مِّثْلَ مَآ أُوتِيتُمْ أَوْ يُحَآجُّوكُمْ عِندَ رَبِّكُمْ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْفَضْلَ بِيَدِ ٱللَّهِ يُؤْتِيهِ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ وَٰسِعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tu'minoo illaa liman tabi'a deenakum qul inna l-hudaa hudaa llaahi an yu'taa ahadun mithla maa ooteetum aw yuhaajjookum 'inda rabbikum qul inna l-fadla biyadi llaahi yu'teehi man yashaa'u wallaahu waasi'un 'aleem

DIN 31635walā tuʾminū ʾillā liman tabiʿa dīnakum qul ʾinna l-hudā hudā llāhi ʾan yuʾtā ʾaḥadun miṯla mā ʾūtītum ʾaw yuḥāǧǧūkum ʿinda rabbikum qul ʾinna l-faḍla biyadi llāhi yuʾtīhi man yašāʾu wallāhu wāsiʿun ʿalīmun

And trust none except those who follow your religion." Say, "Guidance is God's guidance. If someone is given the like of what you were given, or they argue with you before your Lord, say, "All grace is in God's hand; He gives it to whomever He wills." God is Bounteous and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

And believe not save in one who followeth your religion - Say (O Muhammad): Lo! the guidance is Allah's Guidance - that anyone is given the like of that which was given unto you or that they may argue with you in the presence of their Lord. Say (O Muhammad): Lo! the bounty is in Allah's hand. He bestoweth it on whom He will. Allah is All-Embracing, All-Knowing

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

do not believe save one who followeth your religion.' Say, 'Verily, the (true) guidance is the guidance of God, that one should be given like what ye are given.' Or would they dispute with you before your Lord, say, 'Grace is in the hand of God, He gives it to whom he pleases, for God both comprehends and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And believe in those only who follow your Religion." SAY: True guidance is guidance from God - that to others may be imparted the like of what hath been imparted to you. Will they wrangle then with you in the presence of their Lord? SAY: Plenteous gifts are in the hands of God: He imparteth them unto whom He will, and God is Bounteous, Wise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And believe him only who followeth your religion. Say, verily the true direction is the direction of God, that there may be given unto some other a revelation like unto what hath been given unto you. Will they dispute with you before your Lord? Say, surely excellence is in the hand of God, he giveth it unto whom he pleaseth; God is bounteous and wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:74

يَخْتَصُّ بِرَحْمَتِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ ذُو ٱلْفَضْلِ ٱلْعَظِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yakhtassu birahmatihi man yashaa'u wallaahu dhoo l-fadli l-'azeem

DIN 31635yaḫtaṣṣu biraḥmatihi man yašāʾu wallāhu ḏū l-faḍli l-ʿaẓīmi

The translators word this verse differently

He specifies His mercy for whomever He wills. God is Possessor of Sublime Grace.

Compare translations (4)

He selecteth for His mercy whom He will. Allah is of Infinite Bounty

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He specially favours with his mercy whom he pleases, for God is Lord of mighty grace

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

He will vouchsafe His mercy to whom He will, for God is of great bounteousness

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

He will confer peculiar mercy on whom he pleaseth; for God is indued with great beneficence

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:75

وَمِنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ مَنْ إِن تَأْمَنْهُ بِقِنطَارٍ يُؤَدِّهِۦٓ إِلَيْكَ وَمِنْهُم مَّنْ إِن تَأْمَنْهُ بِدِينَارٍ لَّا يُؤَدِّهِۦٓ إِلَيْكَ إِلَّا مَا دُمْتَ عَلَيْهِ قَآئِمًا ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ قَالُوا۟ لَيْسَ عَلَيْنَا فِى ٱلْأُمِّيِّـۧنَ سَبِيلٌ وَيَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamin ahli l-kitaabi man in ta'manhu biqintaarin yu'addihi ilayka waminhum man in ta'manhu bideenaarin laa yu'addihi ilayka illaa maa dumta 'alayhi qaa'iman dhaalika bi'annahum qaaloo laysa 'alaynaa fee l-'ummiyyeena sabeelun wayaqooloona 'alaa llaahi l-kadhiba wahum ya'lamoon

DIN 31635wamin ʾahli l-kitābi man ʾin taʾmanhu biqinṭārin yuʾaddihi ʾilayka waminhum man ʾin taʾmanhu bidīnārin lā yuʾaddihi ʾilayka ʾillā mā dumta ʿalayhi qāʾiman ḏālika biʾannahum qālū laysa ʿalaynā fī l-ʾummiyyīna sabīlun wayaqūlūna ʿalā llāhi l-kaḏiba wahum yaʿlamūna

Among the People of the Book is he, who, if you entrust him with a heap of gold, he will give it back to you. And among them is he, who, if you entrust him with a single coin, he will not give it back to you, unless you keep after him. That is because they say, "We are under no obligation towards the gentiles." They tell lies about God, and they know it.

Compare translations (4)

Among the People of the Scripture there is he who, if thou trust him with a weight of treasure, will return it to thee. And among them there is he who, if thou trust him with a piece of gold, will not return it to thee unless thou keep standing over him. That is because they say: We have no duty to the Gentiles. They speak a lie concerning Allah knowingly

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And of the people of the Book, there are some of them who, if thou entrust them with a talent give it back to you; and some of them, if thou entrust them with a dinar, he will not give it back to thee except so long as thou dost stand over him. That is because they say, We owe no duty to the Gentiles;' but they tell a lie against God, the while they know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Among the people of the Book are some, to one of whom if thou entrust a thousand dinars, he will restore them to thee: And there is of them to whom if thou entrust a dinar, he will not restore it to thee, unless thou be ever instant with him. This - because they say, "We are not bound to keep faith with the ignorant (Pagan) folk, and they utter a lie against God, and know they do so

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There is of those who have received the scriptures, unto whom if thou trust a talent, he will restore it unto thee; and there is also of them, unto whom is thou trust a dinar, he will not restore it unto thee, unless thou stand over him continually with great urgency. This they do because they say, we are not obliged to observe justice with the heathen: But they utter a lie against God, knowingly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:76

بَلَىٰ مَنْ أَوْفَىٰ بِعَهْدِهِۦ وَٱتَّقَىٰ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)balaa man awfaa bi'ahdihi waattaqaa fa'inna llaaha yuhibbu l-muttaqeen

DIN 31635balā man ʾawfā biʿahdihi wāttaqā faʾinna llāha yuḥibbu l-muttaqīna

The translators word this verse differently

Indeed, whoever fulfills his commitments and maintains piety-God loves the pious.

Compare translations (4)

Nay, but (the chosen of Allah is) he who fulfilleth his pledge and wardeth off (evil); for lo! Allah loveth those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yea, whoso fulfils his covenant and fears,- verily, God loves those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But whoso is true to his engagement, and feareth God, - verily God loveth those that fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Yea; whoso keepeth his covenant, and feareth God, God surely loveth those who fear him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:77

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْتَرُونَ بِعَهْدِ ٱللَّهِ وَأَيْمَٰنِهِمْ ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَا خَلَٰقَ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَلَا يُكَلِّمُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا يَنظُرُ إِلَيْهِمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَلَا يُزَكِّيهِمْ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena yashtaroona bi'ahdi llaahi wa'aymaanihim thamanan qaleelan oolaa'ika laa khalaaqa lahum fee l-'aakhirati walaa yukallimuhumu llaahu walaa yanzuru ilayhim yawma l-qiyaamati walaa yuzakkeehim walahum 'adhaabun aleem

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna yaštarūna biʿahdi llāhi waʾaymānihim ṯamanan qalīlan ʾūlāʾika lā ḫalāqa lahum fī l-ʾāḫirati walā yukallimuhumu llāhu walā yanẓuru ʾilayhim yawma l-qiyāmati walā yuzakkīhim walahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun

Those who exchange the covenant of God, and their vows, for a small price, will have no share in the Hereafter, and God will not speak to them, nor will He look at them on the Day of Resurrection, nor will He purify them. They will have a painful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who purchase a small gain at the cost of Allah's covenant and their oaths, they have no portion in the Hereafter. Allah will neither speak to them nor look upon them on the Day of Resurrection, nor will He make them grow. Theirs will be a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who sell God's covenant and their oaths for a little price, these have no portion in the future life. God will not speak to them, and will not look upon them on the resurrection day, and will not purify them; but for them is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily they who barter their engagement with God, and their oaths, for some paltry price - These! no portion for them in the world to come! and God will not speak to them, and will not look on them, on the day of resurrection, and will not assoil them! for them, a grievous chastisement

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who make merchandize of God's covenant, and of their oaths, for a small price, shall have no portion in the next life, neither shall God speak to them or regard them on the day of resurrection, nor shall he cleanse them; but they shall suffer a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:78

وَإِنَّ مِنْهُمْ لَفَرِيقًا يَلْوُۥنَ أَلْسِنَتَهُم بِٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِتَحْسَبُوهُ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَمَا هُوَ مِنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَيَقُولُونَ هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'inna minhum lafareeqan yalwoona alsinatahum bil-kitaabi litahsaboohu mina l-kitaabi wamaa huwa mina l-kitaabi wayaqooloona huwa min 'indi llaahi wamaa huwa min 'indi llaahi wayaqooloona 'alaa llaahi l-kadhiba wahum ya'lamoon

DIN 31635waʾinna minhum lafarīqan yalwūna ʾalsinatahum bil-kitābi litaḥsabūhu mina l-kitābi wamā huwa mina l-kitābi wayaqūlūna huwa min ʿindi llāhi wamā huwa min ʿindi llāhi wayaqūlūna ʿalā llāhi l-kaḏiba wahum yaʿlamūna

And among them are those who twist the Scripture with their tongues, that you may think it from the Scripture, when it is not from the Scripture. And they say, "It is from God," when it is not from God. They tell lies and attribute them to God, knowingly.

Compare translations (4)

And lo! there is a party of them who distort the Scripture with their tongues, that ye may think that what they say is from the Scripture, when it is not from the Scripture. And they say: It is from Allah, when it is not from Allah; and they speak a lie concerning Allah knowingly

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And, verily, amongst them is a sect who twist their tongues concerning the Book, that ye may reckon it to be from the Book, but it is not from the Book. They say, 'It is from God,' but it is not from God, and they tell a lie against God, the while they know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And some truly are there among them who torture the Scriptures with their tongues, in order that ye may suppose it to be from the Scripture, yet it is not from the Scripture. And they say, "This is from God;" yet it is not from God: and they utter a lie against God, and they know they do so

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And there are certainly some of them, who read the scriptures perversely, that ye may think what they read to be really in the scriptures, yet it is not in the scripture; and they say, this is from God; but it is not from God: And they speak that which is false concerning God, against their own knowledge

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:79

مَا كَانَ لِبَشَرٍ أَن يُؤْتِيَهُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ثُمَّ يَقُولَ لِلنَّاسِ كُونُوا۟ عِبَادًا لِّى مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَٰكِن كُونُوا۟ رَبَّٰنِيِّـۧنَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تُعَلِّمُونَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَبِمَا كُنتُمْ تَدْرُسُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa kaana libasharin an yu'tiyahu llaahu l-kitaaba wal-hukma wan-nubuwwata thumma yaqoola lilnnaasi koonoo 'ibaadan lee min dooni llaahi walaakin koonoo rabbaaniyyeena bimaa kuntum tu'allimoona l-kitaaba wabimaa kuntum tadrusoon

DIN 31635mā kāna libašarin ʾan yuʾtiyahu llāhu l-kitāba wal-ḥukma wan-nubuwwata ṯumma yaqūla lilnnāsi kūnū ʿibādan lī min dūni llāhi walākin kūnū rabbāniyyīna bimā kuntum tuʿallimūna l-kitāba wabimā kuntum tadrusūna

The translators word this verse differently

No person to whom God has given the Scripture, and wisdom, and prophethood would ever say to the people, "Be my worshipers rather than God's." Rather, "Be people of the Lord, according to the Scripture you teach, and the teachings you learn."

Compare translations (4)

It is not (possible) for any human being unto whom Allah had given the Scripture and wisdom and the prophethood that he should afterwards have said unto mankind: Be slaves of me instead of Allah; but (what he said was): Be ye faithful servants of the Lord by virtue of your constant teaching of the Scripture and of your constant study thereof

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is not right for a man that God should give him a Book, and judgment, and prophecy, and that then he should say to men, 'Be ye servants of mine rather than of God;' but be ye rather masters of teaching the Book and of what ye learn

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It beseemeth not a man, that God should give him the Scriptures and the Wisdom, and the gift of prophecy, and that then he should say to his followers, "Be ye worshippers of me, as well as of God;" but rather, "Be ye perfect in things pertaining to God, since ye know the Scriptures, and have studied deep

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is not fit for a man, that God should give him a book of revelations, and wisdom, and prophecy; and then he should say unto men, be ye worshippers of me, besides God; but he ought to say, be ye perfect in knowledge and in works, since ye know the scriptures, and exercise your selves therein

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:80

وَلَا يَأْمُرَكُمْ أَن تَتَّخِذُوا۟ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ وَٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ أَرْبَابًا أَيَأْمُرُكُم بِٱلْكُفْرِ بَعْدَ إِذْ أَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa ya'murakum an tattakhidhoo l-malaa'ikata wan-nabiyyeena arbaaban aya'murukum bil-kufri ba'da idh antum muslimoon

DIN 31635walā yaʾmurakum ʾan tattaḫiḏū l-malāʾikata wan-nabiyyīna ʾarbāban ʾayaʾmurukum bil-kufri baʿda ʾiḏ ʾantum muslimūna

Nor would he command you to take the angels and the prophets as lords. Would he command you to infidelity after you have submitted?

Compare translations (4)

And he commanded you not that ye should take the angels and the prophets for lords. Would he command you to disbelieve after ye had surrendered (to Allah)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

He does not bid you take the angels and the prophets for your lords; shall He bid you misbelieve again when you are once resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God doth not command you to take the angels or the prophets as lords. What! would he command you to become infidels after ye have been Muslims

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God hath not commanded you to take the angels and the prophets for your Lords: Will He command you to become infidels, after ye have been true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:81

وَإِذْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِيثَٰقَ ٱلنَّبِيِّـۧنَ لَمَآ ءَاتَيْتُكُم مِّن كِتَٰبٍ وَحِكْمَةٍ ثُمَّ جَآءَكُمْ رَسُولٌ مُّصَدِّقٌ لِّمَا مَعَكُمْ لَتُؤْمِنُنَّ بِهِۦ وَلَتَنصُرُنَّهُۥ قَالَ ءَأَقْرَرْتُمْ وَأَخَذْتُمْ عَلَىٰ ذَٰلِكُمْ إِصْرِى قَالُوٓا۟ أَقْرَرْنَا قَالَ فَٱشْهَدُوا۟ وَأَنَا۠ مَعَكُم مِّنَ ٱلشَّٰهِدِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh akhadha llaahu meethaaqa n-nabiyyeena lamaa aataytukum min kitaabin wahikmatin thumma jaa'akum rasoolun musaddiqun limaa ma'akum latu'minunna bihi walatansurunnahu qaala a'aqrartum wa'akhadhtum 'alaa dhaalikum isree qaaloo aqrarnaa qaala fashhadoo wa'anaa ma'akum mina sh-shaahideen

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾaḫaḏa llāhu mīṯāqa n-nabiyyīna lamā ʾātaytukum min kitābin waḥikmatin ṯumma ǧāʾakum rasūlun muṣaddiqun limā maʿakum latuʾminunna bihi walatanṣurunnahu qāla ʾaʾaqrartum waʾaḫaḏtum ʿalā ḏālikum ʾiṣrī qālū ʾaqrarnā qāla fašhadū waʾanā maʿakum mina š-šāhidīna

God received the covenant of the prophets, "Inasmuch as I have given you of scripture and wisdom; should a messenger come to you verifying what you have, you shall believe in him, and support him." He said, "Do you affirm My covenant and take it upon yourselves?" They said, "We affirm it." He said, "Then bear witness, and I am with you among the witnesses."

Compare translations (4)

When Allah made (His) covenant with the prophets, (He said): Behold that which I have given you of the Scripture and knowledge. And afterward there will come unto you a messenger, confirming that which ye possess. Ye shall believe in him and ye shall help him. He said: Do ye agree, and will ye take up My burden (which I lay upon you) in this (matter)? They answered: We agree. He said: Then bear ye witness. I will be a witness with you

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And when God took the compact from the prophets '(this is) surely what we have given you of the Book and wisdom. Then shall come to you the Apostle confirming what is with you. Ye must believe in him and help him.' He said, moreover, 'Are ye resolved and have ye taken my compact on that (condition).' They say, 'We are resolved.' He said, 'Then bear witness, for I am witness with you

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When God entered into covenant with the prophets, he said, "This is the Book and the Wisdom which I give you. Hereafter shall a prophet came unto you to confirm the Scriptures already with you. Ye shall surely believe on him, and ye shall surely aid him. Are ye resolved?" said he, "and do ye accept the covenant on these terms?" They said, "We are resolved;" "Be ye then the witnesses," said he, "and I will be a witness as well as you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And remember when God accepted the covenant of the prophets, saying, this verily is the scripture and the wisdom which I have given you: Hereafter shall an apostle come unto you, conforming the truth of that scripture which is with you; ye shall surely believe on Him, and ye shall assist Him. God said, are ye firmly resolved, and do ye accept my covenant on this condition? They answered, we are firmly resolved: God said, be ye therefore witnesses; and I also bear witness with you

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:82

فَمَن تَوَلَّىٰ بَعْدَ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faman tawallaa ba'da dhaalika fa'oolaa'ika humu l-faasiqoon

DIN 31635faman tawallā baʿda ḏālika faʾūlāʾika humu l-fāsiqūna

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever turns away after that-these are the deceitful.

Compare translations (4)

Then whosoever after this shall turn away: they will be miscreants

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

but he who turns back after that, these are sinners

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoever turneth back after this, these are surely the perverse

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And whosoever turneth back after this, they are surely the transgressors

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:83

أَفَغَيْرَ دِينِ ٱللَّهِ يَبْغُونَ وَلَهُۥٓ أَسْلَمَ مَن فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ طَوْعًا وَكَرْهًا وَإِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)afaghayra deeni llaahi yabghoona walahu aslama man fee s-samaawaati wal-'ardi taw'an wakarhan wa'ilayhi yurja'oon

DIN 31635ʾafaġayra dīni llāhi yabġūna walahu ʾaslama man fī s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi ṭawʿan wakarhan waʾilayhi yurǧaʿūna

Do they desire other than the religion of God, when to Him has submitted everything in the heavens and the earth, willingly or unwillingly, and to Him they will be returned?

Compare translations (4)

Seek they other than the religion of Allah, when unto Him submitteth whosoever is in the heavens and the earth, willingly or unwillingly, and unto Him they will be returned

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What is it other than God's religion that they crave? when to Him is resigned whosoever is in the heavens and the earth, will he or nill he, and to him shall they return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Other religion than that of God desire they? To him doth everything that is in the Heavens and in the Earth submit, in willing or forced obedience! and to Him do they return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Do they therefore seek any other religion but God's? Since to him is resigned whosoever is in heaven or on earth, voluntarily, or of force: And to him shall they return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:84

قُلْ ءَامَنَّا بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا وَمَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَىٰٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَإِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ وَٱلْأَسْبَاطِ وَمَآ أُوتِىَ مُوسَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَٱلنَّبِيُّونَ مِن رَّبِّهِمْ لَا نُفَرِّقُ بَيْنَ أَحَدٍ مِّنْهُمْ وَنَحْنُ لَهُۥ مُسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul aamannaa billaahi wamaa unzila 'alaynaa wamaa unzila 'alaa ibraaheema wa'ismaa'eela wa'ishaaqa waya'qooba wal-'asbaati wamaa ootiya moosaa wa'eesaa wan-nabiyyoona min rabbihim laa nufarriqu bayna ahadin minhum wanahnu lahu muslimoon

DIN 31635qul ʾāmannā billāhi wamā ʾunzila ʿalaynā wamā ʾunzila ʿalā ʾibrāhīma waʾismāʿīla waʾisḥāqa wayaʿqūba wal-ʾasbāṭi wamā ʾūtiya mūsā waʿīsā wan-nabiyyūna min rabbihim lā nufarriqu bayna ʾaḥadin minhum wanaḥnu lahu muslimūna

Say, "We believe in God, and in what was revealed to us; and in what was revealed to Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the Patriarchs; and in what was given to Moses, and Jesus, and the prophets from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and to Him we submit."

Compare translations (4)

Say (O Muhammad): We believe in Allah and that which is revealed unto us and that which was revealed unto Abraham and Ishmael and Isaac and Jacob and the tribes, and that which was vouchsafed unto Moses and Jesus and the prophets from their Lord. We make no distinction between any of them, and unto Him we have surrendered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'We believe in God, and what has been revealed to thee, and what was revealed to Abraham, and Ishmael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and what was given to Moses, and Jesus, and the prophets from their Lord,- we will make no distinction between any of them,- and we are unto Him resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: We believe in God, and in what hath been sent down to us, and what hath been sent down to Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and in what was given to Moses, and Jesus, and the Prophets, from their Lord. We make no difference between them. And to Him are we resigned (Muslims)

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, we believe in God, and that which hath been sent down unto us, and that which was sent down unto Abraham, and Ismael, and Isaac, and Jacob, and the tribes, and that which was delivered to Moses, and Jesus, and the prophets, from their Lord; we make no distinction between any of them; and to him are we resigned

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:85

وَمَن يَبْتَغِ غَيْرَ ٱلْإِسْلَٰمِ دِينًا فَلَن يُقْبَلَ مِنْهُ وَهُوَ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waman yabtaghi ghayra l-'islaami deenan falan yuqbala minhu wahuwa fee l-'aakhirati mina l-khaasireen

DIN 31635waman yabtaġi ġayra l-ʾislāmi dīnan falan yuqbala minhu wahuwa fī l-ʾāḫirati mina l-ḫāsirīna

Whoever seeks other than Islam as a religion, it will not be accepted from him, and in the Hereafter he will be among the losers.

Compare translations (4)

And whoso seeketh as religion other than the Surrender (to Allah) it will not be accepted from him, and he will be a loser in the Hereafter

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whosoever craves other than Islam for a religion, it shall surely not be accepted from him, and he shall, in the next world, be of those who lose

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whoso desireth any other religion than Islam, that religion shall never be accepted from him, and in the next world he shall be among the lost

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoever followeth any other religion than Islam, it shall not be accepted of him: And in the next life he shall be of those who perish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:86

كَيْفَ يَهْدِى ٱللَّهُ قَوْمًا كَفَرُوا۟ بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِهِمْ وَشَهِدُوٓا۟ أَنَّ ٱلرَّسُولَ حَقٌّ وَجَآءَهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kayfa yahdee llaahu qawman kafaroo ba'da eemaanihim washahidoo anna r-rasoola haqqun wajaa'ahumu l-bayyinaatu wallaahu laa yahdee l-qawma z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635kayfa yahdī llāhu qawman kafarū baʿda ʾīmānihim wašahidū ʾanna r-rasūla ḥaqqun waǧāʾahumu l-bayyinātu wallāhu lā yahdī l-qawma ẓ-ẓālimīna

How will God guide a people who disbelieved after having believed, and had witnessed that the Messenger is true, and the clear proofs had come to them? God does not guide the unjust people.

Compare translations (4)

How shall Allah guide a people who disbelieved after their belief and (after) they bore witness that the messenger is true and after clear proofs (of Allah's Sovereignty) had come unto them. And Allah guideth not wrongdoing folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How shall God guide people who have disbelieved after believing and bearing witness that the Apostle is true, and after there come to them manifest signs? God guides the unjust folk

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

How shall God guide a people who, after they had believed and bore witness that the apostle was true, and after that clear proofs of his mission had reached them, disbelieved? God guideth not the people who transgress

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

How shall God direct men who have become infidels after they had believed, and born witness that the apostle was true, and manifest declarations of the divine will had come unto them? For God directeth not the ungodly people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:87

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ جَزَآؤُهُمْ أَنَّ عَلَيْهِمْ لَعْنَةَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ وَٱلنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika jazaa'uhum anna 'alayhim la'nata llaahi wal-malaa'ikati wan-naasi ajma'een

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika ǧazāʾuhum ʾanna ʿalayhim laʿnata llāhi wal-malāʾikati wan-nāsi ʾaǧmaʿīna

Those-their penalty is that upon them falls the curse of God, and of the angels, and of all mankind.

Compare translations (4)

As for such, their guerdon is that on them rests the curse of Allah and of angels and of men combined

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These, their reward is, that on them is the curse of God, and of the angels, and of men together

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These! their recompense, that the curse of God, and of angels, and of all men, is on them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Their reward shall be, that on them shall fall the curse of God, and of angels, and of all mankind

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:88

خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا لَا يُخَفَّفُ عَنْهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ وَلَا هُمْ يُنظَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)khaalideena feehaa laa yukhaffafu 'anhumu l-'adhaabu walaa hum yunzaroon

DIN 31635ḫālidīna fīhā lā yuḫaffafu ʿanhumu l-ʿaḏābu walā hum yunẓarūna

The translators word this verse differently

Remaining in it eternally, without their punishment being eased from them, and without being reprieved.

Compare translations (4)

They will abide therein. Their doom will not be lightened, neither will they be reprieved

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

they shall dwell therein for aye - the torment shall not be alleviated from them, nor shall they be respited

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Under it shall they abide for ever; their torment shall not be assuaged! nor shall God even look upon them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They shall remain under the same for ever; their torment shall not be mitigated, neither shall they be regarded

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:89

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ تَابُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ وَأَصْلَحُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)illaa lladheena taaboo min ba'di dhaalika wa'aslahoo fa'inna llaaha ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635ʾillā llaḏīna tābū min baʿdi ḏālika waʾaṣlaḥū faʾinna llāha ġafūrun raḥīmun

Except those who repent afterwards, and reform; for God is Forgiving and Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Save those who afterward repent and do right. Lo! Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

save those who repent after that, and act aright, for verily, God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Save those who after this repent and amend; for verily God is Gracious, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

except those who repent after this, and amend; for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:90

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِهِمْ ثُمَّ ٱزْدَادُوا۟ كُفْرًا لَّن تُقْبَلَ تَوْبَتُهُمْ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلضَّآلُّونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo ba'da eemaanihim thumma zdaadoo kufran lan tuqbala tawbatuhum wa'oolaa'ika humu d-daalloon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū baʿda ʾīmānihim ṯumma zdādū kufran lan tuqbala tawbatuhum waʾūlāʾika humu ḍ-ḍāllūna

The translators word this verse differently

As for those who disbelieve after having believed, then plunge deeper into disbelief, their repentance will not be accepted; these are the lost.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who disbelieve after their (profession of) belief, and afterward grow violent in disbelief: their repentance will not be accepted. And such are those who are astray

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve after believing, and then increase in misbelief, their repentance shall not be accepted; these are those who err

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As for those who become infidels, after having believed, and then increase their infidelity - their repentance shall never be accepted. These! they are the erring ones

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover they who become infidels after they have believed, and yet increase in infidelity, their repentance shall in no wise be accepted, and they are those who go astray

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:91

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَمَاتُوا۟ وَهُمْ كُفَّارٌ فَلَن يُقْبَلَ مِنْ أَحَدِهِم مِّلْءُ ٱلْأَرْضِ ذَهَبًا وَلَوِ ٱفْتَدَىٰ بِهِۦٓ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ وَمَا لَهُم مِّن نَّٰصِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo wamaatoo wahum kuffaarun falan yuqbala min ahadihim mil'u l-'ardi dhahaban walawi ftadaa bihi oolaa'ika lahum 'adhaabun aleemun wamaa lahum min naasireen

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū wamātū wahum kuffārun falan yuqbala min ʾaḥadihim milʾu l-ʾarḍi ḏahaban walawi ftadā bihi ʾūlāʾika lahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun wamā lahum min nāṣirīna

As for those who disbelieve and die disbelievers, even the earth full of gold would not be accepted from any of them, were he to offer it for ransom. These will have a painful torment, and will have no saviors.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those who disbelieve, and die in disbelief, the (whole) earth full of gold would not be accepted from such an one if it were offered as a ransom (for his soul). Theirs will be a painful doom and they will have no helpers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve and die in misbelief, there shall not be accepted from any one of them the earth-full of gold, though he should give it as a ransom. For them is grievous woe, and helpers have they none

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As for those who are infidels, and die infidels, from no one of them shall as much gold as the earth could contain be accepted, though he should offer it in ransom. These! a grievous punishment awaiteth them; and they shall have none to help them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily they who believe not, and die in their unbelief, the world full of gold shall in no wise be accepted from any of them, even though he should give it for his ransom; they shall suffer a grievous punishment, and they shall have none to help them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:92

لَن تَنَالُوا۟ ٱلْبِرَّ حَتَّىٰ تُنفِقُوا۟ مِمَّا تُحِبُّونَ وَمَا تُنفِقُوا۟ مِن شَىْءٍ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِهِۦ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lan tanaaloo l-birra hattaa tunfiqoo mimmaa tuhibboona wamaa tunfiqoo min shay'in fa'inna llaaha bihi 'aleem

DIN 31635lan tanālū l-birra ḥattā tunfiqū mimmā tuḥibbūna wamā tunfiqū min šayʾin faʾinna llāha bihi ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

You will not attain virtuous conduct until you give of what you cherish. Whatever you give away, God is aware of it.

Compare translations (4)

Ye will not attain unto piety until ye spend of that which ye love. And whatsoever ye spend, Allah is Aware thereof

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye cannot attain to righteousness until ye expend in alms of what ye love. But what ye expend in alms, that God knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye shall never attain to goodness till ye give alms of that which ye love; and whatever ye give, of a truth God knoweth it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye will never attain unto righteousness, until ye give in alms of that which ye love: And whatever ye give, God knoweth it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:93

كُلُّ ٱلطَّعَامِ كَانَ حِلًّا لِّبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ إِلَّا مَا حَرَّمَ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلُ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِۦ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تُنَزَّلَ ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةُ قُلْ فَأْتُوا۟ بِٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ فَٱتْلُوهَآ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kullu t-ta'aami kaana hillan libanee israa'eela illaa maa harrama israa'eelu 'alaa nafsihi min qabli an tunazzala t-tawraatu qul fa'too bit-tawraati fatloohaa in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635kullu ṭ-ṭaʿāmi kāna ḥillan libanī ʾisrāʾīla ʾillā mā ḥarrama ʾisrāʾīlu ʿalā nafsihi min qabli ʾan tunazzala t-tawrātu qul faʾtū bit-tawrāti fatlūhā ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

All food was permissible to the Children of Israel, except what Israel forbade for itself before the Torah was revealed. Say, "Bring the Torah, and read it, if you are truthful."

Compare translations (4)

All food was lawful unto the Children of Israel, save that which Israel forbade himself, (in days) before the Torah was revealed. Say: Produce the Torah and read it (unto us) if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

All food was lawful to the children of Israel save what Israel made unlawful to himself before that the law was revealed. Say, 'Bring the law and recite it, if ye speak the truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

All food was allowed to the children of Israel, except what Jacob forbad himself, ere the law was sent down; SAY: Bring ye then the law and read it, if ye be men of truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

All food was permitted unto the children of Israel, except what Israel forbad unto himself, before the Pentateuch was sent down. Say unto the Jews, bring hither the Pentateuch and read it, if ye speak truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:94

فَمَنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ٱلْكَذِبَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)famani ftaraa 'alaa llaahi l-kadhiba min ba'di dhaalika fa'oolaa'ika humu z-zaalimoon

DIN 31635famani ftarā ʿalā llāhi l-kaḏiba min baʿdi ḏālika faʾūlāʾika humu ẓ-ẓālimūna

The translators word this verse differently

Whoever forges lies about God after that-these are the unjust.

Compare translations (4)

And whoever shall invent a falsehood after that concerning Allah, such will be wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But whoso forges against God a lie, after that, they are the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And whoso after this inventeth the lie about God: These are evil doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Whoever therefore contriveth a lie against God after this, they will be evil doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:95

قُلْ صَدَقَ ٱللَّهُ فَٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مِلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًا وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul sadaqa llaahu faattabi'oo millata ibraaheema haneefan wamaa kaana mina l-mushrikeen

DIN 31635qul ṣadaqa llāhu fāttabiʿū millata ʾibrāhīma ḥanīfan wamā kāna mina l-mušrikīna

Say, "God has spoken the truth, so follow the religion of Abraham the Monotheist; he was not a Pagan."

Compare translations (4)

Say: Allah speaketh truth. So follow the religion of Abraham, the upright. He was not of the idolaters

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'God speaks the truth, then follow the faith of Abraham, a `hanif, who was not of the idolaters

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: God speaketh truth. Follow, therefore, the religion of Abraham, the sound in faith, who was not one of those who joined other gods to God

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, God is true: Follow ye therefore the religion of Abraham the orthodox; for he was no idolater

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:96

إِنَّ أَوَّلَ بَيْتٍ وُضِعَ لِلنَّاسِ لَلَّذِى بِبَكَّةَ مُبَارَكًا وَهُدًى لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna awwala baytin wudi'a lilnnaasi lalladhee bibakkata mubaarakan wahudan lil'aalameen

DIN 31635ʾinna ʾawwala baytin wuḍiʿa lilnnāsi lallaḏī bibakkata mubārakan wahudan lilʿālamīna

The translators word this verse differently

The first house established for mankind is the one at Bekka; blessed, and guidance for all people.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! the first Sanctuary appointed for mankind was that at Becca, a blessed place, a guidance to the peoples

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, the first House founded for men was surely that at Bekkah, for a blessing and a guidance to the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The first temple that was founded for mankind, was that in Becca, - Blessed, and a guidance to human beings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily the first house appointed unto men to worship in was that which is in Becca; blessed, and a direction to all creatures

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:97

فِيهِ ءَايَٰتٌۢ بَيِّنَٰتٌ مَّقَامُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَمَن دَخَلَهُۥ كَانَ ءَامِنًا وَلِلَّهِ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ حِجُّ ٱلْبَيْتِ مَنِ ٱسْتَطَاعَ إِلَيْهِ سَبِيلًا وَمَن كَفَرَ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَنِىٌّ عَنِ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)feehi aayaatun bayyinaatun maqaamu ibraaheema waman dakhalahu kaana aaminan walillaahi 'alaa n-naasi hijju l-bayti mani stataa'a ilayhi sabeelan waman kafara fa'inna llaaha ghaniyyun 'ani l-'aalameen

DIN 31635fīhi ʾāyātun bayyinātun maqāmu ʾibrāhīma waman daḫalahu kāna ʾāminan walillāhi ʿalā n-nāsi ḥiǧǧu l-bayti mani staṭāʿa ʾilayhi sabīlan waman kafara faʾinna llāha ġaniyyun ʿani l-ʿālamīna

The translators word this verse differently

In it are evident signs; the Station of Abraham. Whoever enters it attains security. Pilgrimage to the House is a duty to God for all who can make the journey. But as for those who refuse-God is Independent of the worlds.

Compare translations (4)

Wherein are plain memorials (of Allah's guidance); the place where Abraham stood up to pray; and whosoever entereth it is safe. And pilgrimage to the House is a duty unto Allah for mankind, for him who can find a way thither. As for him who disbelieveth, (let him know that) lo! Allah is Independent of (all) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Therein are manifest signs,- Abraham's station, and whosoever enters in is safe. There is due to God from man a pilgrimage unto the House, for whosoever can find his way there. But whoso misbelieves - God is independent of the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

In it are evident signs, even the standing-place of Abraham: and he who entereth it is safe. And the pilgrimage to the temple, is a service due to God from those who are able to journey thither. And as to him who believeth not - verily God can afford to dispense with all creatures

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Therein are manifest signs: The place where Abraham stood; and whoever entereth therein, shall be safe. And it is a duty towards God, incumbent on those who are able to go thither, to visit this house; but whosoever disbelieveth, verily God needeth not the service of any creature

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:98

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ شَهِيدٌ عَلَىٰ مَا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa ahla l-kitaabi lima takfuroona bi'aayaati llaahi wallaahu shaheedun 'alaa maa ta'maloon

DIN 31635qul yā ʾahla l-kitābi lima takfurūna biʾāyāti llāhi wallāhu šahīdun ʿalā mā taʿmalūna

Say, "O People of the Scripture, why do you reject the Revelations of God, when God witnesses what you do?"

Compare translations (4)

Say: O People of the Scripture! Why disbelieve ye in the revelations of Allah, when Allah (Himself) is Witness of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'O people of the Book! why do ye misbelieve in God's signs, while God is witness of what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: O people of the Book! why disbelieve ye the signs of God? But God is witness of your doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, O ye who have received the scriptures, why do ye not believe in the signs of God

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:99

قُلْ يَٰٓأَهْلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لِمَ تَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ تَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا وَأَنتُمْ شُهَدَآءُ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qul yaa ahla l-kitaabi lima tasuddoona 'an sabeeli llaahi man aamana tabghoonahaa 'iwajan wa'antum shuhadaa'u wamaa llaahu bighaafilin 'ammaa ta'maloon

DIN 31635qul yā ʾahla l-kitābi lima taṣuddūna ʿan sabīli llāhi man ʾāmana tabġūnahā ʿiwaǧan waʾantum šuhadāʾu wamā llāhu biġāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

Say, "O People of the Scripture, why do you hinder from God's path those who believe, seeking to distort it, even though you are witnesses? God is not unaware of what you do."

Compare translations (4)

Say: O People of the Scripture! Why drive ye back believers from the way of Allah, seeking to make it crooked, when ye are witnesses (to Allah's guidance)? Allah is not unaware of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Say, 'O people of the Book! why do ye turn from the way of God him who believes, craving to make it crooked, while ye are witnesses? But God is not careless of what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

SAY: O people of the Book! why repel believers from the way of God? Ye fain would make it crooked, and yet ye are its witnesses! But God is not regardless of what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Say, O ye who have received the scriptures, why do ye keep back from the way of God, him who believeth? Ye seek to make it crooked, and yet are witnesses that it is the right: But God will not be unmindful of what ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:100

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِن تُطِيعُوا۟ فَرِيقًا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَرُدُّوكُم بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِكُمْ كَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo in tutee'oo fareeqan mina lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba yaruddookum ba'da eemaanikum kaafireen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾin tuṭīʿū farīqan mina llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba yaruddūkum baʿda ʾīmānikum kāfirīna

O you who believe! If you obey a party of those who were given the Scripture, they will turn you, after your belief, into disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! If ye obey a party of those who have received the Scripture they will make you disbelievers after your belief

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! if ye obey the sect of those to whom the Book was brought, they will turn you, after your faith, to unbelievers again

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O believers! if ye obey some amongst those who have received the Scripture, after your very Faith will they make you infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, if ye obey some of those who have received the scripture, they will render you infidels, after ye have believed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:101

وَكَيْفَ تَكْفُرُونَ وَأَنتُمْ تُتْلَىٰ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتُ ٱللَّهِ وَفِيكُمْ رَسُولُهُۥ وَمَن يَعْتَصِم بِٱللَّهِ فَقَدْ هُدِىَ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wakayfa takfuroona wa'antum tutlaa 'alaykum aayaatu llaahi wafeekum rasooluhu waman ya'tasim billaahi faqad hudiya ilaa siraatin mustaqeem

DIN 31635wakayfa takfurūna waʾantum tutlā ʿalaykum ʾāyātu llāhi wafīkum rasūluhu waman yaʿtaṣim billāhi faqad hudiya ʾilā ṣirāṭin mustaqīmin

The translators word this verse differently

And how could you disbelieve, when God's revelations are being recited to you, and among you is His Messenger? Whoever cleaves to God has been guided to a straight path.

Compare translations (4)

How can ye disbelieve, when it is ye unto whom Allah's revelations are recited, and His messenger is in your midst? He who holdeth fast to Allah, he indeed is guided unto a right path

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How can ye misbelieve while unto you are recited the signs of God, and among you is His Apostle? But whoso takes tight hold on God, he is guided into the right way

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But how can ye become infidels, when the signs of God are recited to you, and his prophet is among you? Whoever holdeth fast by God, is already guided to a straight path

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And how can ye be infidels, when the signs of God are read unto you, and his apostle is among you? But he who cleaveth firmly unto God, is already directed into the right way

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:102

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ تُقَاتِهِۦ وَلَا تَمُوتُنَّ إِلَّا وَأَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo taqoo llaaha haqqa tuqaatihi walaa tamootunna illaa wa'antum muslimoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū taqū llāha ḥaqqa tuqātihi walā tamūtunna ʾillā waʾantum muslimūna

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Revere God with due reverence, and do not die except as Muslims.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Observe your duty to Allah with right observance, and die not save as those who have surrendered (unto Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! fear God with the fear that He deserves, and die not save ye be resigned

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye believers! fear God as He deserveth to be feared! and die not till ye have become Muslims

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O believers, fear God with his true fear; and die not unless ye also be true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:103

وَٱعْتَصِمُوا۟ بِحَبْلِ ٱللَّهِ جَمِيعًا وَلَا تَفَرَّقُوا۟ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ نِعْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْكُمْ إِذْ كُنتُمْ أَعْدَآءً فَأَلَّفَ بَيْنَ قُلُوبِكُمْ فَأَصْبَحْتُم بِنِعْمَتِهِۦٓ إِخْوَٰنًا وَكُنتُمْ عَلَىٰ شَفَا حُفْرَةٍ مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ فَأَنقَذَكُم مِّنْهَا كَذَٰلِكَ يُبَيِّنُ ٱللَّهُ لَكُمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'tasimoo bihabli llaahi jamee'an walaa tafarraqoo wadhkuroo ni'mata llaahi 'alaykum idh kuntum a'daa'an fa'allafa bayna quloobikum fa'asbahtum bini'matihi ikhwaanan wakuntum 'alaa shafaa hufratin mina n-naari fa'anqadhakum minhaa kadhaalika yubayyinu llaahu lakum aayaatihi la'allakum tahtadoon

DIN 31635waʿtaṣimū biḥabli llāhi ǧamīʿan walā tafarraqū waḏkurū niʿmata llāhi ʿalaykum ʾiḏ kuntum ʾaʿdāʾan faʾallafa bayna qulūbikum faʾaṣbaḥtum biniʿmatihi ʾiḫwānan wakuntum ʿalā šafā ḥufratin mina n-nāri faʾanqaḏakum minhā kaḏālika yubayyinu llāhu lakum ʾāyātihi laʿallakum tahtadūna

And hold fast to the rope of God, altogether, and do not become divided. And remember God's blessings upon you; how you were enemies, and He reconciled your hearts, and by His grace you became brethren. And you were on the brink of a pit of fire, and He saved you from it. God thus clarifies His revelations for you, so that you may be guided.

Compare translations (4)

And hold fast, all of you together, to the cable of Allah, and do not separate. And remember Allah's favour unto you: How ye were enemies and He made friendship between your hearts so that ye became as brothers by His grace; and (how) ye were upon the brink of an abyss of fire, and He did save you from it. Thus Allah maketh clear His revelations unto you, that haply ye may be guided

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Take tight hold of God's rope altogether, and do not part in sects; but remember the favours of God towards you, when ye were enemies and He made friendship between your hearts, and on the morrow ye were, by His favour, brothers. Ye were on the edge of a pit of fire, but he rescued you therefrom. Thus does God show to you His signs, perchance ye may be guided

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And hold ye fast by the cord of God, all of you, and break not loose from it; and remember God's goodness towards you, how that when ye were enemies, He united your hearts, and by his favour ye became brethren; And when ye were on the brink of the pit of fire, he drew you back from it. Thus God clearly sheweth you his signs that ye may be guided

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And cleave all of you unto the covenant of God, and depart not from it, and remember the favour of God towards you: Since ye were enemies, and he reconciled your hearts, and ye became companions and brethren by his favour: And ye were on the brink of a pit of fire, and he delivered you thence. Thus God declareth unto you his signs, that ye may be directed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:104

وَلْتَكُن مِّنكُمْ أُمَّةٌ يَدْعُونَ إِلَى ٱلْخَيْرِ وَيَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waltakun minkum ummatun yad'oona ilaa l-khayri waya'muroona bil-ma'roofi wayanhawna 'ani l-munkari wa'oolaa'ika humu l-muflihoon

DIN 31635waltakun minkum ʾummatun yadʿūna ʾilā l-ḫayri wayaʾmurūna bil-maʿrūfi wayanhawna ʿani l-munkari waʾūlāʾika humu l-mufliḥūna

The translators word this verse differently

And let there be among you a community calling to virtue, and advocating righteousness, and deterring from evil. These are the successful.

Compare translations (4)

And there may spring from you a nation who invite to goodness, and enjoin right conduct and forbid indecency. Such are they who are successful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and that there may be of you a nation who shall invite to good, and bid what is reasonable, and forbid what is wrong; these are the prosperous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And that there may be among you a people who invite to the Good, and enjoin the Just, and forbid the Wrong. These are they with whom it shall be well

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Let there be people among you, who invite to the best religion; and command that which is just, and forbid that which is evil; and they shall be happy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:105

وَلَا تَكُونُوا۟ كَٱلَّذِينَ تَفَرَّقُوا۟ وَٱخْتَلَفُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جَآءَهُمُ ٱلْبَيِّنَٰتُ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa takoonoo kalladheena tafarraqoo wakhtalafoo min ba'di maa jaa'ahumu l-bayyinaatu wa'oolaa'ika lahum 'adhaabun 'azeem

DIN 31635walā takūnū kallaḏīna tafarraqū waḫtalafū min baʿdi mā ǧāʾahumu l-bayyinātu waʾūlāʾika lahum ʿaḏābun ʿaẓīmun

The translators word this verse differently

And do not be like those who separated and disputed after the clear proofs came to them; for them is a great punishment.

Compare translations (4)

And be ye not as those who separated and disputed after the clear proofs had come unto them. For such there is an awful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Be not like those who parted in sects and disagreed after there came to them manifest signs; for them is mighty woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And be ye not like those who have formed divisions, and fallen to variance after the clear proofs have come to them. These! a terrible chastisement doth await them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And be not as they who are divided, and disagree in matters of religion, after manifest proofs have been brought unto them: They shall suffer a great torment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:106

يَوْمَ تَبْيَضُّ وُجُوهٌ وَتَسْوَدُّ وُجُوهٌ فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْوَدَّتْ وُجُوهُهُمْ أَكَفَرْتُم بَعْدَ إِيمَٰنِكُمْ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yawma tabyaddu wujoohun wataswaddu wujoohun fa'ammaa lladheena swaddat wujoohuhum akafartum ba'da eemaanikum fadhooqoo l-'adhaaba bimaa kuntum takfuroon

DIN 31635yawma tabyaḍḍu wuǧūhun wataswaddu wuǧūhun faʾammā llaḏīna swaddat wuǧūhuhum ʾakafartum baʿda ʾīmānikum faḏūqū l-ʿaḏāba bimā kuntum takfurūna

On the Day when some faces will be whitened, and some faces will be blackened. As for those whose faces are blackened: "Did you disbelieve after your belief?" Then taste the punishment for having disbelieved.

Compare translations (4)

On the Day when (some) faces will be whitened and (some) faces will be blackened; and as for those whose faces have been blackened, it will be said unto them: Disbelieved ye after your (profession of) belief? Then taste the punishment for that ye disbelieved

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

on the day when faces shall be whitened and faces shall be blackened. As for those whose faces are blackened,- 'Did ye misbelieve after your faith, then taste the torment for your misbelief

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

On THE DAY when faces shall turn white, and faces shall turn black! And as to those whose faces shall have turned black ". . . .What! after your belief have ye become infidels? Taste then the chastisement, for that ye have been unbelievers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

On the day of resurrection some faces shall become white, and other faces shall become black. And unto them whose faces shall become black, God will say, have ye returned unto your unbelief, after ye had believed? Therefore taste the punishment, for that ye have been unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:107

وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ ٱبْيَضَّتْ وُجُوهُهُمْ فَفِى رَحْمَةِ ٱللَّهِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'ammaa lladheena byaddat wujoohuhum fafee rahmati llaahi hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635waʾammā llaḏīna byaḍḍat wuǧūhuhum fafī raḥmati llāhi hum fīhā ḫālidūna

But as for those whose faces are whitened: they are in God's mercy, remaining in it forever.

Compare translations (4)

And as for those whose faces have been whitened, in the mercy of Allah they dwell for ever

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But as for those whose faces are whitened, they are in God's mercy, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And as to those whose faces shall have become white, they shall be within the mercy of God: therein shall they abide for ever

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they whose faces shall become white shall be in the mercy of God, therein shall they remain for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:108

تِلْكَ ءَايَٰتُ ٱللَّهِ نَتْلُوهَا عَلَيْكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَمَا ٱللَّهُ يُرِيدُ ظُلْمًا لِّلْعَٰلَمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)tilka aayaatu llaahi natloohaa 'alayka bil-haqqi wamaa llaahu yureedu zulman lil'aalameen

DIN 31635tilka ʾāyātu llāhi natlūhā ʿalayka bil-ḥaqqi wamā llāhu yurīdu ẓulman lilʿālamīna

These are the revelations of God. We recite them to you in truth. God desires no injustice for mankind.

Compare translations (4)

These are revelations of Allah. We recite them unto thee in truth. Allah willeth no injustice to (His) creatures

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are the signs of God. We recite them to you in truth, for God desires not wrong unto the worlds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

These are the signs of God: we recite them to thee in truth: And God willeth not injustice to mankind

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

These are the signs of God: We recite them unto thee with truth. God will not deal unjustly with his creatures

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:109

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ تُرْجَعُ ٱلْأُمُورُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi wa'ilaa llaahi turja'u l-'umoor

DIN 31635walillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi waʾilā llāhi turǧaʿu l-ʾumūru

To God belongs everything in the heavens and everything on earth, and to God all events are referred.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth; and unto Allah all things are returned

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is what is in the heavens and what is in the earth, and unto God affairs return

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whatever is in the Heavens, and whatever is on the Earth, is God's. And to God shall all things return

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And to God belongeth whatever is in heaven and on earth; and to God shall all things return

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:110

كُنتُمْ خَيْرَ أُمَّةٍ أُخْرِجَتْ لِلنَّاسِ تَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَتَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَتُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَلَوْ ءَامَنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَكَانَ خَيْرًا لَّهُم مِّنْهُمُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ وَأَكْثَرُهُمُ ٱلْفَٰسِقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kuntum khayra ummatin ukhrijat lilnnaasi ta'muroona bil-ma'roofi watanhawna 'ani l-munkari watu'minoona billaahi walaw aamana ahlu l-kitaabi lakaana khayran lahum minhumu l-mu'minoona wa'aktharuhumu l-faasiqoon

DIN 31635kuntum ḫayra ʾummatin ʾuḫriǧat lilnnāsi taʾmurūna bil-maʿrūfi watanhawna ʿani l-munkari watuʾminūna billāhi walaw ʾāmana ʾahlu l-kitābi lakāna ḫayran lahum minhumu l-muʾminūna waʾakṯaruhumu l-fāsiqūna

You are the best community that ever emerged for humanity: you advocate what is moral, and forbid what is immoral, and believe in God. Had the People of the Scripture believed, it would have been better for them. Among them are the believers, but most of them are sinners.

Compare translations (4)

Ye are the best community that hath been raised up for mankind. Ye enjoin right conduct and forbid indecency; and ye believe in Allah. And if the People of the Scripture had believed it had been better for them. Some of them are believers; but most of them are evil-livers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye were the best of nations brought forth unto man. Ye bid what is reasonable, and forbid what is wrong, believing in God. Had the people of the Book believed, it would have been better for them. There are believers among them, though most of them are sinners

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye are the best folk that hath been raised up unto mankind. Ye enjoin the Just, and ye forbid the Evil, and ye believe in God: And if the people of the Book had believed, it had surely been better for them! Believers there are among them, but most of them are perverse

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye are the best nation that hath been raised up unto mankind: Ye command that which is just, and ye forbid that which is unjust, and ye believe in God. And if they who have recieved the scriptures had believed, it had surely been the better for them: There are believers among them, but the greater part of them are transgressors

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:111

لَن يَضُرُّوكُمْ إِلَّآ أَذًى وَإِن يُقَٰتِلُوكُمْ يُوَلُّوكُمُ ٱلْأَدْبَارَ ثُمَّ لَا يُنصَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)lan yadurrookum illaa adhan wa'in yuqaatilookum yuwallookumu l-'adbaara thumma laa yunsaroon

DIN 31635lan yaḍurrūkum ʾillā ʾaḏan waʾin yuqātilūkum yuwallūkumu l-ʾadbāra ṯumma lā yunṣarūna

They will do you no harm, beyond insulting you. And if they fight you, they will turn around and flee, then they will not be helped.

Compare translations (4)

They will not harm you save a trifling hurt, and if they fight against you they will turn and flee. And afterward they will not be helped

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They shall surely not harm you save a hurt; and if they fight you, they shall show you their backs, then they shall not be helped

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They will never inflict on you but a trifling damage; and if they do battle with you, they shall turn their backs to you: then they shall not be succoured

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They shall not hurt you, unless with a slight hurt; and if they fight against you, they shall turn their backs to you; and they shall not be helped

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:112

ضُرِبَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلذِّلَّةُ أَيْنَ مَا ثُقِفُوٓا۟ إِلَّا بِحَبْلٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَحَبْلٍ مِّنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَبَآءُو بِغَضَبٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَضُرِبَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَسْكَنَةُ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَقْتُلُونَ ٱلْأَنۢبِيَآءَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا عَصَوا۟ وَّكَانُوا۟ يَعْتَدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)duribat 'alayhimu dh-dhillatu ayna maa thuqifoo illaa bihablin mina llaahi wahablin mina n-naasi wabaa'oo bighadabin mina llaahi waduribat 'alayhimu l-maskanatu dhaalika bi'annahum kaanoo yakfuroona bi'aayaati llaahi wayaqtuloona l-'anbiyaa'a bighayri haqqin dhaalika bimaa 'asaw wakaanoo ya'tadoon

DIN 31635ḍuribat ʿalayhimu ḏ-ḏillatu ʾayna mā ṯuqifū ʾillā biḥablin mina llāhi waḥablin mina n-nāsi wabāʾū biġaḍabin mina llāhi waḍuribat ʿalayhimu l-maskanatu ḏālika biʾannahum kānū yakfurūna biʾāyāti llāhi wayaqtulūna l-ʾanbiyāʾa biġayri ḥaqqin ḏālika bimā ʿaṣaw wakānū yaʿtadūna

The translators word this verse differently

They shall be humiliated wherever they are encountered, except through a rope from God, and a rope from the people; and they incurred wrath from God, and were stricken with misery. That is because they rejected God's revelations, and killed the prophets unjustly. That is because they rebelled and committed aggression.

Compare translations (4)

Ignominy shall be their portion wheresoever they are found save (where they grasp) a rope from Allah and a rope from men. They have incurred anger from their Lord, and wretchedness is laid upon them. That is because they used to disbelieve the revelations of Allah, and slew the prophets wrongfully. That is because they were rebellious and used to transgress

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They are smitten with abasement wherever they be found, save for the rope of God and the rope of man; and they draw on themselves wrath from God. They are smitten, too, with poverty; that is because they did disbelieve in God's signs, and kill the prophets undeservedly. That is because they did rebel and did transgress

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Shame shall be stamped upon them wherever found, unless they ally them with God and men! And the wrath of God will they incur, and poverty shall be stamped upon them! This - for that they believed not in the signs of God, and slew the prophets unjustly: This - because they rebelled, and became transgressors

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They are smitten with vileness wheresoever they are found; unless they obtain security by entering into a treaty with God, and a treaty with men: And they draw on themselves indignation from God, and they are afflicted with poverty. This they suffer, because they disbelieved the signs of God, and slew the prophets unjustly; this, because they were rebellious, and transgressed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:113

لَيْسُوا۟ سَوَآءً مِّنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أُمَّةٌ قَآئِمَةٌ يَتْلُونَ ءَايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ءَانَآءَ ٱلَّيْلِ وَهُمْ يَسْجُدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laysoo sawaa'an min ahli l-kitaabi ummatun qaa'imatun yatloona aayaati llaahi aanaa'a llayli wahum yasjudoon

DIN 31635laysū sawāʾan min ʾahli l-kitābi ʾummatun qāʾimatun yatlūna ʾāyāti llāhi ʾānāʾa llayli wahum yasǧudūna

They are not alike. Among the People of the Scripture is a community that is upright; they recite God's revelations throughout the night, and they prostrate themselves.

Compare translations (4)

They are not all alike. Of the People of the Scripture there is a staunch community who recite the revelations of Allah in the night season, falling prostrate (before Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They are not all alike. Of the people of the Book there is a nation upright, reciting God's signs throughout the night, as they adore the while

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Yet all are not alike: Among the people of the Book is an upright folk, who recite the signs of God in the night-season, and adore

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Yet they are not all alike: There are of those who have received the scriptures, upright people; they meditate on the signs of God in the night season, and worship

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:114

يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱلْيَوْمِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرِ وَيَأْمُرُونَ بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْخَيْرَٰتِ وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yu'minoona billaahi wal-yawmi l-'aakhiri waya'muroona bil-ma'roofi wayanhawna 'ani l-munkari wayusaari'oona fee l-khayraati wa'oolaa'ika mina s-saaliheen

DIN 31635yuʾminūna billāhi wal-yawmi l-ʾāḫiri wayaʾmurūna bil-maʿrūfi wayanhawna ʿani l-munkari wayusāriʿūna fī l-ḫayrāti waʾūlāʾika mina ṣ-ṣāliḥīna

They believe in God and the Last Day, and advocate righteousness and forbid evil, and are quick to do good deeds. These are among the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

They believe in Allah and the Last Day, and enjoin right conduct and forbid indecency, and vie one with another in good works. These are of the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

They believe in God, and in the last day, and bid what is reasonable, and forbid what is wrong, and vie in charity; these are among the righteous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They believe in God and in the latter day, and enjoin justice, and forbid evil, and speed on in good works. These are of the righteous

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They believe in God, and the last day; and command that which is just, and forbid that which is unjust, and zealously strive to excel in good works: These are of the righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:115

وَمَا يَفْعَلُوا۟ مِنْ خَيْرٍ فَلَن يُكْفَرُوهُ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِٱلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa yaf'aloo min khayrin falan yukfaroohu wallaahu 'aleemun bil-muttaqeen

DIN 31635wamā yafʿalū min ḫayrin falan yukfarūhu wallāhu ʿalīmun bil-muttaqīna

The translators word this verse differently

Whatever good they do, they will not be denied it. God knows the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

And whatever good they do, they will not be denied the meed thereof. Allah is Aware of those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

What ye do of good surely God will not deny, for God knows those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And of whatever good ye do, ye shall not be denied the meed. God knoweth those who fear Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And ye shall not be denied the reward of the good which ye do; for God knoweth the pious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:116

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ لَن تُغْنِىَ عَنْهُمْ أَمْوَٰلُهُمْ وَلَآ أَوْلَٰدُهُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ شَيْـًٔا وَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena kafaroo lan tughniya 'anhum amwaaluhum walaa awlaaduhum mina llaahi shay'an wa'oolaa'ika ashaabu n-naari hum feehaa khaalidoon

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna kafarū lan tuġniya ʿanhum ʾamwāluhum walā ʾawlāduhum mina llāhi šayʾan waʾūlāʾika ʾaṣḥābu n-nāri hum fīhā ḫālidūna

The translators word this verse differently

As for those who disbelieve, neither their possessions nor their children will avail them anything against God. These are the inhabitants of the Fire, abiding therein forever.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! the riches and the progeny of those who disbelieve will not avail them aught against Allah; and such are rightful owners of the Fire. They will abide therein

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who misbelieve, their wealth is of no service to them, nor their children either, against God; they are the fellows of the Fire, and they shall dwell therein for aye

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But as for the infidels, their wealth, and their children shall avail them nothing against God. They shall be the inmates of the fire, to abide therein eternally

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

As for the unbelievers, their wealth shall not profit them at all, neither their children, against God: They shall be the companions of hell fire; they shall continue therein for ever

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:117

مَثَلُ مَا يُنفِقُونَ فِى هَٰذِهِ ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا كَمَثَلِ رِيحٍ فِيهَا صِرٌّ أَصَابَتْ حَرْثَ قَوْمٍ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَأَهْلَكَتْهُ وَمَا ظَلَمَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَٰكِنْ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)mathalu maa yunfiqoona fee haadhihi l-hayaati d-dunyaa kamathali reehin feehaa sirrun asaabat hartha qawmin zalamoo anfusahum fa'ahlakathu wamaa zalamahumu llaahu walaakin anfusahum yazlimoon

DIN 31635maṯalu mā yunfiqūna fī hāḏihi l-ḥayāti d-dunyā kamaṯali rīḥin fīhā ṣirrun ʾaṣābat ḥarṯa qawmin ẓalamū ʾanfusahum faʾahlakathu wamā ẓalamahumu llāhu walākin ʾanfusahum yaẓlimūna

The parable of what they spend in this worldly life is that of a frosty wind that strikes the harvest of a people who have wronged their souls, and destroys it. God did not wrong them, but they wronged their own selves.

Compare translations (4)

The likeness of that which they spend in this life of the world is as the likeness of a biting, icy wind which smiteth the harvest of a people who have wronged themselves, and devastateth it. Allah wronged them not, but they do wrong themselves

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

The likeness of what they expend in this life of the world, is as the likeness of wind wherein is a cold blast that falls upon a people's tilth who have wronged themselves and destroys it. It is not God who wrongs them, but it is themselves they wrong

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

The alms which they bestow in this present life, are like a freezing wind, which falleth upon and destroyeth the cornfields of a people who have been to themselves unjust. God doeth them no injustice, but to themselves are they unjust

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

The likeness of that which they lay out in this present life, is as a wind wherein there is a scorching cold: It falleth on the standing corn of those men who have injured their own souls, and destroyeth it. And God dealeth not unjustly with them; but they injure their own souls

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:118

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَتَّخِذُوا۟ بِطَانَةً مِّن دُونِكُمْ لَا يَأْلُونَكُمْ خَبَالًا وَدُّوا۟ مَا عَنِتُّمْ قَدْ بَدَتِ ٱلْبَغْضَآءُ مِنْ أَفْوَٰهِهِمْ وَمَا تُخْفِى صُدُورُهُمْ أَكْبَرُ قَدْ بَيَّنَّا لَكُمُ ٱلْـَٔايَٰتِ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa tattakhidhoo bitaanatan min doonikum laa ya'loonakum khabaalan waddoo maa 'anittum qad badati l-baghdaa'u min afwaahihim wamaa tukhfee sudooruhum akbaru qad bayyannaa lakumu l-'aayaati in kuntum ta'qiloon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā tattaḫiḏū biṭānatan min dūnikum lā yaʾlūnakum ḫabālan waddū mā ʿanittum qad badati l-baġḍāʾu min ʾafwāhihim wamā tuḫfī ṣudūruhum ʾakbaru qad bayyannā lakumu l-ʾāyāti ʾin kuntum taʿqilūna

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Do not befriend outsiders who never cease to wish you harm. They love to see you suffer. Hatred has already appeared from their mouths, but what their hearts conceal is worse. We have made the messages clear for you, if you understand.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Take not for intimates others than your own folk, who would spare no pains to ruin you; they love to hamper you. Hatred is revealed by (the utterance of) their mouths, but that which their breasts hide is greater. We have made plain for you the revelations if ye will understand

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! take not to intimacy with others than yourselves; they will not fail to spoil you; they would fain ye came to trouble,- hatred is shown by their mouths; but what their breasts conceal is greater still. We have made manifest to you our signs, did ye but understand

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who have believed! form not intimacies among others than yourselves. They will not fail to corrupt you. They long for your ruin. Hatred hath already shewn itself out of their mouths, but more grievous is what their breasts conceal. The tokens thereof we have already made plain to you, if ye will comprehend

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, contract not an intimate friendship with any besides your selves: They will not fail to corrupt you. They wish for that which may cause you to perish: Their hatred hath already appeared from out of their mouths; but what their breasts conceal is yet more inveterate. We have already shewn you signs of their ill will towards you, if ye understand

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:119

هَٰٓأَنتُمْ أُو۟لَآءِ تُحِبُّونَهُمْ وَلَا يُحِبُّونَكُمْ وَتُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْكِتَٰبِ كُلِّهِۦ وَإِذَا لَقُوكُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا وَإِذَا خَلَوْا۟ عَضُّوا۟ عَلَيْكُمُ ٱلْأَنَامِلَ مِنَ ٱلْغَيْظِ قُلْ مُوتُوا۟ بِغَيْظِكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)haa antum oolaa'i tuhibboonahum walaa yuhibboonakum watu'minoona bil-kitaabi kullihi wa'idhaa laqookum qaaloo aamannaa wa'idhaa khalaw 'addoo 'alaykumu l-'anaamila mina l-ghayzi qul mootoo bighayzikum inna llaaha 'aleemun bidhaati s-sudoor

DIN 31635hā ʾantum ʾūlāʾi tuḥibbūnahum walā yuḥibbūnakum watuʾminūna bil-kitābi kullihi waʾiḏā laqūkum qālū ʾāmannā waʾiḏā ḫalaw ʿaḍḍū ʿalaykumu l-ʾanāmila mina l-ġayẓi qul mūtū biġayẓikum ʾinna llāha ʿalīmun biḏāti ṣ-ṣudūri

There you are, you love them, but they do not love you, and you believe in the entire scripture. And when they meet you, they say, "We believe;" but when they are alone, they bite their fingers in rage at you. Say, "Die in your rage; God knows what is within the hearts."

Compare translations (4)

Lo! ye are those who love them though they love you not, and ye believe in all the Scripture. When they fall in with you they say: We believe; but when they go apart they bite their finger-tips at you, for rage. Say: Perish in your rage! Lo! Allah is Aware of what is hidden in (your) breasts

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye it is who love them, but they love not you; and ye believe in the Book, all of it. But when they meet you they say, 'We believe;' and when they go aside they bite their finger tips at you through rage. Say, 'Die in your rage, for God doth know the nature of men's breasts

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

See now! ye love them, but they love not you. Ye believe the entire Book. And when they meet you, they say, "We believe;" but when they are apart, they bite their fingers' ends at you, out of wrath. SAY: "Die in your wrath!" God truly knoweth the very recesses of your breasts

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Behold, ye love them, and they do not love you: Ye believe in all the scriptures, and when they meet you, they say, we believe; but when they assemble privately togeher, they bite their fingers ends out of wrath against you. Say unto them, die in your wrath: Verily God knoweth the innermost part of your breasts

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:120

إِن تَمْسَسْكُمْ حَسَنَةٌ تَسُؤْهُمْ وَإِن تُصِبْكُمْ سَيِّئَةٌ يَفْرَحُوا۟ بِهَا وَإِن تَصْبِرُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ لَا يَضُرُّكُمْ كَيْدُهُمْ شَيْـًٔا إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ مُحِيطٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in tamsaskum hasanatun tasu'hum wa'in tusibkum sayyi'atun yafrahoo bihaa wa'in tasbiroo watattaqoo laa yadurrukum kayduhum shay'an inna llaaha bimaa ya'maloona muheet

DIN 31635ʾin tamsaskum ḥasanatun tasuʾhum waʾin tuṣibkum sayyiʾatun yafraḥū bihā waʾin taṣbirū watattaqū lā yaḍurrukum kayduhum šayʾan ʾinna llāha bimā yaʿmalūna muḥīṭun

The translators word this verse differently

If something good happens to you, it upsets them; but if something bad befalls you, they rejoice at it. But if you persevere and maintain righteousness, their schemes will not harm you at all. God comprehends what they do.

Compare translations (4)

If a lucky chance befall you, it is evil unto them, and if disaster strike you they rejoice thereat. But if ye persevere and keep from evil their guile will never harm you. Lo! Allah is Surrounding what they do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If good luck touch you it is bad for them, but if bad luck befall you they rejoice therein; yet if ye are patient and fear, their tricks shall not harm you, for what they do God comprehends

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If good befalleth you it grieveth them, and when ill lighteth on you, they rejoice in it. But if ye be steadfast and fear God, their craft shall in no way harm you. For God is round about their doings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If good happen unto you, it grieveth them; and if evil befall you, they rejoice at it. But if ye be patient, and fear God, their subtlety shall not hurt you at all; for God comprehendeth whatever they do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:121

وَإِذْ غَدَوْتَ مِنْ أَهْلِكَ تُبَوِّئُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ مَقَٰعِدَ لِلْقِتَالِ وَٱللَّهُ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh ghadawta min ahlika tubawwi'u l-mu'mineena maqaa'ida lilqitaali wallaahu samee'un 'aleem

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ġadawta min ʾahlika tubawwiʾu l-muʾminīna maqāʿida lilqitāli wallāhu samīʿun ʿalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Remember when you left your home in the morning, to assign battle-positions for the believers. God is Hearing and Knowing.

Compare translations (4)

And when thou settedst forth at daybreak from thy housefolk to assign to the believers their positions for the battle, Allah was Hearer, Knower

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When thou didst set forth early from thy people to settle for the believers a camp to fight;- but God both hears and knows

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And remember when thou didst leave thy household at early morn, that thou mightest prepare the faithful a camp for the war; - God heard, knew it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Call to mind when thou wentest forth early from thy family, that thou mightest prepare the faithful a camp for war; and God heard and knew it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:122

إِذْ هَمَّت طَّآئِفَتَانِ مِنكُمْ أَن تَفْشَلَا وَٱللَّهُ وَلِيُّهُمَا وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh hammat taa'ifataani minkum an tafshalaa wallaahu waliyyuhumaa wa'alaa llaahi falyatawakkali l-mu'minoon

DIN 31635ʾiḏ hammat ṭāʾifatāni minkum ʾan tafšalā wallāhu waliyyuhumā waʿalā llāhi falyatawakkali l-muʾminūna

The translators word this verse differently

When two groups among you almost faltered, but God was their Protector. So in God let the believers put their trust.

Compare translations (4)

When two parties of you almost fell away, and Allah was their Protecting Friend. In Allah let believers put their trust

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

when two companies of you were on the point of showing cowardice; but God was their guardian, for on God surely the believers do rely

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When two troops of you became full of anxious thoughts, and lost heart, and when God became the protector of both! In God, then, let the faithful trust

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

when two companies of you were anxiously thoughtful, so that ye became faint-hearted; but God was the supporter of them both; and in God let the faithful trust

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:123

وَلَقَدْ نَصَرَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِبَدْرٍ وَأَنتُمْ أَذِلَّةٌ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَشْكُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad nasarakumu llaahu bibadrin wa'antum adhillatun faattaqoo llaaha la'allakum tashkuroon

DIN 31635walaqad naṣarakumu llāhu bibadrin waʾantum ʾaḏillatun fāttaqū llāha laʿallakum taškurūna

God had given you victory at Badr, when you were weak. So fear God, that you may be thankful.

Compare translations (4)

Allah had already given you the victory at Badr, when ye were contemptible. So observe your duty to Allah in order that ye may be thankful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Why! God gave you victory at Bedr when ye were in a poor way; fear God, then, haply ye may give thanks

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

God had already succoured you at Bedr, when ye were the weaker! Fear God, then, that ye may be thankful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And God had already given you the victory at Bedr, when ye were inferior in number; therefore fear God, that ye may be thankful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:124

إِذْ تَقُولُ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ أَلَن يَكْفِيَكُمْ أَن يُمِدَّكُمْ رَبُّكُم بِثَلَٰثَةِ ءَالَٰفٍ مِّنَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ مُنزَلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh taqoolu lilmu'mineena alan yakfiyakum an yumiddakum rabbukum bithalaathati aalaafin mina l-malaa'ikati munzaleen

DIN 31635ʾiḏ taqūlu lilmuʾminīna ʾalan yakfiyakum ʾan yumiddakum rabbukum biṯalāṯati ʾālāfin mina l-malāʾikati munzalīna

When you said to the believers, "Is it not enough for you that your Lord has reinforced you with three thousand angels, sent down?"

Compare translations (4)

When thou didst say unto the believers: Is it not sufficient for you that your Lord should support you with three thousand angels sent down (to your help)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When thou didst say unto the believers, 'Is it not enough for you that your Lord assists you with three thousand of the angels sent down from on high

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then thou didst say to the faithful, "Is it not enough for you that your Lord aideth you with three thousand angels sent down from on high

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

When thou saidst unto the faithful, is it not enough for you, that your Lord should assist you with three thousand angels, sent down from heaven

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:125

بَلَىٰٓ إِن تَصْبِرُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ وَيَأْتُوكُم مِّن فَوْرِهِمْ هَٰذَا يُمْدِدْكُمْ رَبُّكُم بِخَمْسَةِ ءَالَٰفٍ مِّنَ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ مُسَوِّمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)balaa in tasbiroo watattaqoo waya'tookum min fawrihim haadhaa yumdidkum rabbukum bikhamsati aalaafin mina l-malaa'ikati musawwimeen

DIN 31635balā ʾin taṣbirū watattaqū wayaʾtūkum min fawrihim hāḏā yumdidkum rabbukum biḫamsati ʾālāfin mina l-malāʾikati musawwimīna

It is; but if you persevere and remain cautious, and they attack you suddenly, your Lord will reinforce you with five thousand angels, well trained.

Compare translations (4)

Nay, but if ye persevere, and keep from evil, and (the enemy) attack you suddenly, your Lord will help you with five thousand angels sweeping on

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Yea, if ye are patient and fear God, and they come upon you on a sudden, now, your Lord will assist you with five thousand of His angels, (angels) of mark

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Aye: but ye if be steadfast and fear God, and the foe come upon you in hot haste, your Lord will help you with five thousand angels in their cognisances

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily if ye persevere, and fear God, and your enemies come upon you suddenly, your Lord will assist you with five thousand angels, distinguished by their horses and attire

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:126

وَمَا جَعَلَهُ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بُشْرَىٰ لَكُمْ وَلِتَطْمَئِنَّ قُلُوبُكُم بِهِۦ وَمَا ٱلنَّصْرُ إِلَّا مِنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْحَكِيمِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa ja'alahu llaahu illaa bushraa lakum walitatma'inna quloobukum bihi wamaa n-nasru illaa min 'indi llaahi l-'azeezi l-hakeem

DIN 31635wamā ǧaʿalahu llāhu ʾillā bušrā lakum walitaṭmaʾinna qulūbukum bihi wamā n-naṣru ʾillā min ʿindi llāhi l-ʿazīzi l-ḥakīmi

God made it but a message of hope for you, and to reassure your hearts thereby. Victory comes only from God the Almighty, the Wise.

Compare translations (4)

Allah ordained this only as a message of good cheer for you, and that thereby your hearts might be at rest - Victory cometh only from Allah, the Mighty, the Wise

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God only made this as glad tidings for you to comfort your hearts withal,- for victory is but from God, the mighty, the wise

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This, as pure good tidings for you, did God appoint, that your hearts might be assured - for only from God, the Mighty, the Wise, cometh the Victory

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And this God designed only as good tidings for you that your hearts might rest secure: For victory is from God alone, the mighty, the wise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:127

لِيَقْطَعَ طَرَفًا مِّنَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَوْ يَكْبِتَهُمْ فَيَنقَلِبُوا۟ خَآئِبِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)liyaqta'a tarafan mina lladheena kafaroo aw yakbitahum fayanqaliboo khaa'ibeen

DIN 31635liyaqṭaʿa ṭarafan mina llaḏīna kafarū ʾaw yakbitahum fayanqalibū ḫāʾibīna

The translators word this verse differently

He thus cuts off a section of those who disbelieved, or subdues them, so they retreat disappointed.

Compare translations (4)

That He may cut off a part of those who disbelieve, or overwhelm them so that they retire, frustrated

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

to cut off the flank of those who misbelieve, or make them downcast, that they may retire disappointed

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and that He might cut off the uttermost part of those who believed not, or cast them down so that they should be overthrown, defeated without resource

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

That he should cut off the uttermost part of the unbelievers, or cast them down, or that they should be overthrown and unsuccessful, is nothing to thee

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:128

لَيْسَ لَكَ مِنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ شَىْءٌ أَوْ يَتُوبَ عَلَيْهِمْ أَوْ يُعَذِّبَهُمْ فَإِنَّهُمْ ظَٰلِمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laysa laka mina l-'amri shay'un aw yatooba 'alayhim aw yu'adhdhibahum fa'innahum zaalimoon

DIN 31635laysa laka mina l-ʾamri šayʾun ʾaw yatūba ʿalayhim ʾaw yuʿaḏḏibahum faʾinnahum ẓālimūna

The translators word this verse differently

It is no concern of yours whether He redeems them or punishes them. They are wrongdoers.

Compare translations (4)

It is no concern at all of thee (Muhammad) whether He relent toward them or punish them; for they are evil-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Thou hast nothing to do with the affair at all, whether He turn towards them again or punish them; for, verily, they are unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It is none of thy concern whether He be turned unto them in kindness or chastise them: for verily they are wrongful doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is no business of thine; whether God be turned unto them, or whether he punish them; they are surely unjust doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:129

وَلِلَّهِ مَا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَمَا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يَغْفِرُ لِمَن يَشَآءُ وَيُعَذِّبُ مَن يَشَآءُ وَٱللَّهُ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi maa fee s-samaawaati wamaa fee l-'ardi yaghfiru liman yashaa'u wayu'adhdhibu man yashaa'u wallaahu ghafoorun raheem

DIN 31635walillāhi mā fī s-samāwāti wamā fī l-ʾarḍi yaġfiru liman yašāʾu wayuʿaḏḏibu man yašāʾu wallāhu ġafūrun raḥīmun

To God belongs everything in the heavens and the earth. He forgives whom He wills, and He punishes whom He wills. God is Most Forgiving, Most Merciful.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belongeth whatsoever is in the heavens and whatsoever is in the earth. He forgiveth whom He will, and punisheth whom He will. Allah is Forgiving, Merciful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is what is in the heavens and in the earth. He forgives whom He pleases, and punishes whom He pleases; for God is forgiving and merciful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Whatever is in the Heavens and the Earth is God's! He forgiveth whom He will, and whom He will, chastiseth: for God is Forgiving, Merciful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

To God belongeth whatsoever is in heaven and on earth: He spareth whom he pleaseth, and he punisheth whom he pleaseth; for God is merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:130

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَأْكُلُوا۟ ٱلرِّبَوٰٓا۟ أَضْعَٰفًا مُّضَٰعَفَةً وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa ta'kuloo r-ribaa ad'aafan mudaa'afatan waattaqoo llaaha la'allakum tuflihoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā taʾkulū r-ribā ʾaḍʿāfan muḍāʿafatan wāttaqū llāha laʿallakum tufliḥūna

O you who believe! Do not feed on usury, compounded over and over, and fear God, so that you may prosper.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Devour not usury, doubling and quadrupling (the sum lent). Observe your duty to Allah, that ye may be successful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! devour not usury doubly doubled, but fear God, perchance ye may be prosperous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! devour not usury, doubling it again and again! But fear God, that ye may prosper

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, devour not usury, doubling it twofold; but fear God, that ye may prosper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:131

وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱلنَّارَ ٱلَّتِىٓ أُعِدَّتْ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waattaqoo n-naara llatee u'iddat lilkaafireen

DIN 31635wāttaqū n-nāra llatī ʾuʿiddat lilkāfirīna

And guard yourselves against the Fire that is prepared for the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

And ward off (from yourselves) the Fire prepared for disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

fear the fire which is prepared for the unbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And fear the fire which is prepared for them that believe not

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And fear the fire which is prepared for the unbelievers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:132

وَأَطِيعُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَٱلرَّسُولَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'atee'oo llaaha war-rasoola la'allakum turhamoon

DIN 31635waʾaṭīʿū llāha war-rasūla laʿallakum turḥamūna

And obey God and the Messenger, that you may obtain mercy.

Compare translations (4)

And obey Allah and the messenger, that ye may find mercy

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and obey God and His Apostle, perchance ye may get mercy

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

and obey God and the apostle, that ye may find mercy

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and obey God, and his apostle, that ye may obtain mercy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:133

وَسَارِعُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ مَغْفِرَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَجَنَّةٍ عَرْضُهَا ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ أُعِدَّتْ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wasaari'oo ilaa maghfiratin min rabbikum wajannatin 'arduhaa s-samaawaatu wal-'ardu u'iddat lilmuttaqeen

DIN 31635wasāriʿū ʾilā maġfiratin min rabbikum waǧannatin ʿarḍuhā s-samāwātu wal-ʾarḍu ʾuʿiddat lilmuttaqīna

And race towards forgiveness from your Lord, and a Garden as wide as the heavens and the earth, prepared for the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

And vie one with another for forgiveness from your Lord, and for a paradise as wide as are the heavens and the earth, prepared for those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And vie with one another for pardon from your Lord, and for Paradise, the breadth of which is as the heaven and the earth, prepared for those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And vie in haste for pardon from your Lord, and a Paradise, vast as the Heavens and the Earth, prepared for the God-fearing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And run with emulation to obtain remission from your Lord, and paradise, whose breadth equalleth the heavens and the earth, which is prepared for the godly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:134

ٱلَّذِينَ يُنفِقُونَ فِى ٱلسَّرَّآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ وَٱلْكَٰظِمِينَ ٱلْغَيْظَ وَٱلْعَافِينَ عَنِ ٱلنَّاسِ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yunfiqoona fee s-sarraa'i wad-darraa'i wal-kaazimeena l-ghayza wal-'aafeena 'ani n-naasi wallaahu yuhibbu l-muhsineen

DIN 31635allaḏīna yunfiqūna fī s-sarrāʾi waḍ-ḍarrāʾi wal-kāẓimīna l-ġayẓa wal-ʿāfīna ʿani n-nāsi wallāhu yuḥibbu l-muḥsinīna

The translators word this verse differently

Those who give in prosperity and adversity, and those who restrain anger, and those who forgive people. God loves the doers of good.

Compare translations (4)

Those who spend (of that which Allah hath given them) in ease and in adversity, those who control their wrath and are forgiving toward mankind; Allah loveth the good

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

for those who expend in alms, in prosperity and adversity, for those who repress their rage, and those who pardon men; God loves the kind

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who give alms, alike in prosperity and in success, and who master their anger, and forgive others! God loveth the doers of good

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who give alms in prosperity and adversity; who bridle their anger, and forgive men: For God loveth the beneficent

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:135

وَٱلَّذِينَ إِذَا فَعَلُوا۟ فَٰحِشَةً أَوْ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ ذَكَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ فَٱسْتَغْفَرُوا۟ لِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَمَن يَغْفِرُ ٱلذُّنُوبَ إِلَّا ٱللَّهُ وَلَمْ يُصِرُّوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا فَعَلُوا۟ وَهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walladheena idhaa fa'aloo faahishatan aw zalamoo anfusahum dhakaroo llaaha fastaghfaroo lidhunoobihim waman yaghfiru dh-dhunooba illaa llaahu walam yusirroo 'alaa maa fa'aloo wahum ya'lamoon

DIN 31635wallaḏīna ʾiḏā faʿalū fāḥišatan ʾaw ẓalamū ʾanfusahum ḏakarū llāha fastaġfarū liḏunūbihim waman yaġfiru ḏ-ḏunūba ʾillā llāhu walam yuṣirrū ʿalā mā faʿalū wahum yaʿlamūna

And those who, when they commit an indecency or wrong themselves, remember God and ask forgiveness for their sins-and who forgives sins except God? And they do not persist in their wrongdoing while they know.

Compare translations (4)

And those who, when they do an evil thing or wrong themselves, remember Allah and implore forgiveness for their sins - Who forgiveth sins save Allah only? - and will not knowingly repeat (the wrong) they did

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who when they do a crime, or wrong themselves, remember God, and ask forgiveness for their sins,- and who forgives sins save God?- and do not persevere in what they did, the while they know

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They who, after they have done a base deed or committed a wrong against their own selves, remember God and implore forgiveness of their sins - and who will forgive sins but God only? - and persevere not in what they have wittingly done amiss

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And who, after they have committed a crime, or dealt unjustly with their own souls, remember God, and ask pardon for their sins, -- for who forgiveth sins except God? -- and persevere not in what they have done knowingly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:136

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ جَزَآؤُهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَجَنَّٰتٌ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا وَنِعْمَ أَجْرُ ٱلْعَٰمِلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)oolaa'ika jazaa'uhum maghfiratun min rabbihim wajannaatun tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa wani'ma ajru l-'aamileen

DIN 31635ʾūlāʾika ǧazāʾuhum maġfiratun min rabbihim waǧannātun taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā waniʿma ʾaǧru l-ʿāmilīna

Those-their reward is forgiveness from their Lord, and gardens beneath which rivers flow, abiding therein forever. How excellent is the reward of the workers.

Compare translations (4)

The reward of such will be forgiveness from their Lord, and Gardens underneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide for ever - a bountiful reward for workers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

these have their reward:- pardon from their Lord, and gardens beneath which rivers flow, dwelling therein for aye; for pleasant is the hire of those who act like this

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As for these! Pardon from their Lord shall be their recompense, and gardens 'neath which the rivers flow; for ever shall they abide therein: And goodly the reward of those who labour

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Their reward shall be pardon from their Lord, and gardens wherein rivers flow, they shall remain therein for ever: And how excellent is the reward of those who labour

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:137

قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ سُنَنٌ فَسِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)qad khalat min qablikum sunanun faseeroo fee l-'ardi faanzuroo kayfa kaana 'aaqibatu l-mukadhdhibeen

DIN 31635qad ḫalat min qablikum sunanun fasīrū fī l-ʾarḍi fānẓurū kayfa kāna ʿāqibatu l-mukaḏḏibīna

The translators word this verse differently

Many societies have passed away before you. So travel the earth and note the fate of the deniers.

Compare translations (4)

Systems have passed away before you. Do but travel in the land and see the nature of the consequence for those who did deny (the messengers)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Incidents have passed before your time, go on then in the earth, and see what was the end of those who called (the prophets) liars

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Already, before your time, have examples been made! Traverse the earth, then, and see what hath been the end of those who treat prophets as liars

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There have already been before you examples of punishment of infidels, therefore go through the earth, and behold what hath been the end of those who accuse God's apostles of imposture

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:138

هَٰذَا بَيَانٌ لِّلنَّاسِ وَهُدًى وَمَوْعِظَةٌ لِّلْمُتَّقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)haadhaa bayaanun lilnnaasi wahudan wamaw'izatun lilmuttaqeen

DIN 31635hāḏā bayānun lilnnāsi wahudan wamawʿiẓatun lilmuttaqīna

The translators word this verse differently

This is a proclamation to humanity, and guidance, and advice for the righteous.

Compare translations (4)

This is a declaration for mankind, a guidance and an admonition unto those who ward off (evil)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

This is an explanation unto men, and a guidance and a warning unto those who fear

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This Koran is a manifest to man, and a guidance, and a warning to the God-fearing

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This book is a declaration unto men, and a direction, and an admonition to the pious

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:139

وَلَا تَهِنُوا۟ وَلَا تَحْزَنُوا۟ وَأَنتُمُ ٱلْأَعْلَوْنَ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tahinoo walaa tahzanoo wa'antumu l-'a'lawna in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635walā tahinū walā taḥzanū waʾantumu l-ʾaʿlawna ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

The translators word this verse differently

And do not waver, nor feel remorse. You are the superior ones, if you are believers.

Compare translations (4)

Faint not nor grieve, for ye will overcome them if ye are (indeed) believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do not give way nor grieve, for ye shall have the upper hand if ye but be believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And be not fainthearted, and be not sorrowful: For ye shall gain the upper hand if ye be believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And be not dismayed, neither be ye grieved; for ye shall be superior to the unbelievers if ye believe

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:140

إِن يَمْسَسْكُمْ قَرْحٌ فَقَدْ مَسَّ ٱلْقَوْمَ قَرْحٌ مِّثْلُهُۥ وَتِلْكَ ٱلْأَيَّامُ نُدَاوِلُهَا بَيْنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَيَتَّخِذَ مِنكُمْ شُهَدَآءَ وَٱللَّهُ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in yamsaskum qarhun faqad massa l-qawma qarhun mithluhu watilka l-'ayyaamu nudaawiluhaa bayna n-naasi waliya'lama llaahu lladheena aamanoo wayattakhidha minkum shuhadaa'a wallaahu laa yuhibbu z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635ʾin yamsaskum qarḥun faqad massa l-qawma qarḥun miṯluhu watilka l-ʾayyāmu nudāwiluhā bayna n-nāsi waliyaʿlama llāhu llaḏīna ʾāmanū wayattaḫiḏa minkum šuhadāʾa wallāhu lā yuḥibbu ẓ-ẓālimīna

If a wound afflicts you, a similar wound has afflicted the others. Such days We alternate between the people, that God may know those who believe, and take martyrs from among you. God does not love the evildoers.

Compare translations (4)

If ye have received a blow, the (disbelieving) people have received a blow the like thereof. These are (only) the vicissitudes which We cause to follow one another for mankind, to the end that Allah may know those who believe and may choose witnesses from among you; and Allah loveth not wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If a sore touch you, a sore like it has touched people: these are days which we make to alternate amongst mankind that God may know who it is that believe, and may take from you witnesses, for God loves not the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If a wound hath befallen you, a wound like it hath already befallen others: we alternate these days of successes and reverses among men, that God may know those who have believed, and that He may take martyrs from among you, - but God loveth not the wrongful doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If a wound hath happended unto you in war, a like wound hath already happened unto the unbelieving people: And we cause these days of different success interchangeably to succeed each other among men; that God may know those who believe, and may have martyrs from among you: -- God loveth not the workers of iniquity

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:141

وَلِيُمَحِّصَ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَيَمْحَقَ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waliyumahhisa llaahu lladheena aamanoo wayamhaqa l-kaafireen

DIN 31635waliyumaḥḥiṣa llāhu llaḏīna ʾāmanū wayamḥaqa l-kāfirīna

So that God may prove those who believe, and eliminate the disbelievers.

Compare translations (4)

And that Allah may prove those who believe, and may blight the disbelievers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and that God may assay those who believe, and blot out the misbelievers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And that God may test those who believe, and destroy the infidels

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and that God might prove those who believe, and destroy the infidels

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:142

أَمْ حَسِبْتُمْ أَن تَدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ وَلَمَّا يَعْلَمِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِينَ جَٰهَدُوا۟ مِنكُمْ وَيَعْلَمَ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)am hasibtum an tadkhuloo l-jannata walammaa ya'lami llaahu lladheena jaahadoo minkum waya'lama s-saabireen

DIN 31635ʾam ḥasibtum ʾan tadḫulū l-ǧannata walammā yaʿlami llāhu llaḏīna ǧāhadū minkum wayaʿlama ṣ-ṣābirīna

The translators word this verse differently

Or do you expect to enter Paradise, before God has distinguished those among you who strive, and before He has distinguished the steadfast?

Compare translations (4)

Or deemed ye that ye would enter paradise while yet Allah knoweth not those of you who really strive, nor knoweth those (of you) who are steadfast

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Do ye think that ye can enter Paradise and God not know those of you who have fought well, or know the patient

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Thought ye that ye should enter Paradise ere God had taken knowledge of those among you who did valiantly, and of those who steadfastly endure

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Did ye imagine that ye should enter paradise, when as yet God knew not those among you who fought strenuously in his cause; nor knew those who persevered with patience

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:143

وَلَقَدْ كُنتُمْ تَمَنَّوْنَ ٱلْمَوْتَ مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَلْقَوْهُ فَقَدْ رَأَيْتُمُوهُ وَأَنتُمْ تَنظُرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad kuntum tamannawna l-mawta min qabli an talqawhu faqad ra'aytumoohu wa'antum tanzuroon

DIN 31635walaqad kuntum tamannawna l-mawta min qabli ʾan talqawhu faqad raʾaytumūhu waʾantum tanẓurūna

The translators word this verse differently

You used to wish for death before you have faced it. Now you have seen it before your own eyes.

Compare translations (4)

And verily ye used to wish for death before ye met it (in the field). Now ye have seen it with your eyes

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Why, ye longed for death before ye met it! Now ye have looked upon it and ye halt

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye had desired death ere ye met it. But ye have now seen it - and ye have beheld it - and fled from it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover ye did sometime wish for death before that ye met it; but ye have now seen it, and ye looked on, but retreated from it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:144

وَمَا مُحَمَّدٌ إِلَّا رَسُولٌ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِهِ ٱلرُّسُلُ أَفَإِي۟ن مَّاتَ أَوْ قُتِلَ ٱنقَلَبْتُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَٰبِكُمْ وَمَن يَنقَلِبْ عَلَىٰ عَقِبَيْهِ فَلَن يَضُرَّ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًٔا وَسَيَجْزِى ٱللَّهُ ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa muhammadun illaa rasoolun qad khalat min qablihi r-rusulu afa'in maata aw qutila nqalabtum 'alaa a'qaabikum waman yanqalib 'alaa 'aqibayhi falan yadurra llaaha shay'an wasayajzee llaahu sh-shaakireen

DIN 31635wamā muḥammadun ʾillā rasūlun qad ḫalat min qablihi r-rusulu ʾafaʾin māta ʾaw qutila nqalabtum ʿalā ʾaʿqābikum waman yanqalib ʿalā ʿaqibayhi falan yaḍurra llāha šayʾan wasayaǧzī llāhu š-šākirīna

Muhammad is no more than a messenger. Messengers have passed on before him. If he dies or gets killed, will you turn on your heels? He who turns on his heels will not harm God in any way. And God will reward the appreciative.

Compare translations (4)

Muhammad is but a messenger, messengers (the like of whom) have passed away before him. Will it be that, when he dieth or is slain, ye will turn back on your heels? He who turneth back on his heels doth no hurt to Allah, and Allah will reward the thankful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Mohammed is but an apostle; apostles have passed away before his time; what if he die or is killed, will ye retreat upon your heels? He who retreats upon his heels does no harm to God at all; but God will recompense the thankful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Muhammad is no more than an apostle; other apostles have already passed away before him: if he die, therefore, or be slain, will ye turn upon your heels? But he who turneth on his heels shall not injure God at all: And God will certainly reward the thankful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Mohammed is no more than an apostle; the other apostles have already deceased before him: If he die therefore, or be slain, will ye turn back on your heels? But he who turneth back on his heels, will not hurt God at all; and God will surely reward the thankful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:145

وَمَا كَانَ لِنَفْسٍ أَن تَمُوتَ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ كِتَٰبًا مُّؤَجَّلًا وَمَن يُرِدْ ثَوَابَ ٱلدُّنْيَا نُؤْتِهِۦ مِنْهَا وَمَن يُرِدْ ثَوَابَ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ نُؤْتِهِۦ مِنْهَا وَسَنَجْزِى ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa kaana linafsin an tamoota illaa bi'idhni llaahi kitaaban mu'ajjalan waman yurid thawaaba d-dunyaa nu'tihi minhaa waman yurid thawaaba l-'aakhirati nu'tihi minhaa wasanajzee sh-shaakireen

DIN 31635wamā kāna linafsin ʾan tamūta ʾillā biʾiḏni llāhi kitāban muʾaǧǧalan waman yurid ṯawāba d-dunyā nuʾtihi minhā waman yurid ṯawāba l-ʾāḫirati nuʾtihi minhā wasanaǧzī š-šākirīna

The translators word this verse differently

No soul can die except by God's leave, at a predetermined time. Whoever desires the reward of the world, We will give him some of it; and whoever desires the reward of the Hereafter, We will give him some of it; and We will reward the appreciative.

Compare translations (4)

No soul can ever die except by Allah's leave and at a term appointed. Whoso desireth the reward of the world, We bestow on him thereof; and whoso desireth the reward of the Hereafter, We bestow on him thereof. We shall reward the thankful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is not for any soul to die, save by God's permission written down for an appointed time; but he who wishes for the reward of this world we will give him of it, and he who wishes for the reward of the future we will give him of it, and we will recompense the grateful

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

No one can die except by God's permission, according to the Book that fixeth the term of life. He who desireth the recompense of this world, we will give him thereof; And he who desireth the recompense of the next life, we will give him thereof! And we will certainly reward the thankful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

No soul can die unless by the permission of God, according to what is written in the book containing the determinations of things. And whoso chooseth the reward of this world, we will give him thereof: But whoso chooseth the reward of the world to come, we will give him thereof; and we will surely reward the thankful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:146

وَكَأَيِّن مِّن نَّبِىٍّ قَٰتَلَ مَعَهُۥ رِبِّيُّونَ كَثِيرٌ فَمَا وَهَنُوا۟ لِمَآ أَصَابَهُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا ضَعُفُوا۟ وَمَا ٱسْتَكَانُوا۟ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلصَّٰبِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waka'ayyin min nabiyyin qaatala ma'ahu ribbiyyoona katheerun famaa wahanoo limaa asaabahum fee sabeeli llaahi wamaa da'ufoo wamaa stakaanoo wallaahu yuhibbu s-saabireen

DIN 31635wakaʾayyin min nabiyyin qātala maʿahu ribbiyyūna kaṯīrun famā wahanū limā ʾaṣābahum fī sabīli llāhi wamā ḍaʿufū wamā stakānū wallāhu yuḥibbu ṣ-ṣābirīna

The translators word this verse differently

How many a prophet fought alongside him numerous godly people? They did not waver for what afflicted them in the cause of God, nor did they weaken, nor did they give in. God loves those who endure.

Compare translations (4)

And with how many a prophet have there been a number of devoted men who fought (beside him). They quailed not for aught that befell them in the way of Allah, nor did they weaken, nor were they brought low. Allah loveth the steadfast

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

How many prophets have myriads fought against! yet they did not give way at what befel them in God's way Nor were they weak, nor did they demean themselves:- God loves the patient

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

How many a prophet hath combated those who had with them many myriads! Yet were they not daunted at what befel them on the path of God, nor were they weakened, nor did they basely submit! God loveth those who endure with steadfastness

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

How many prophets have encountered those who had many myriads of troops: And yet they desponded not in their mind for what had befallen them in fighting for the religion of God; and were not weakened, neither behaved themselves in an abject manner? God loveth those who persevere patiently

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:147

وَمَا كَانَ قَوْلَهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا ٱغْفِرْ لَنَا ذُنُوبَنَا وَإِسْرَافَنَا فِىٓ أَمْرِنَا وَثَبِّتْ أَقْدَامَنَا وَٱنصُرْنَا عَلَى ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa kaana qawlahum illaa an qaaloo rabbanaa ghfir lanaa dhunoobanaa wa'israafanaa fee amrinaa wathabbit aqdaamanaa waansurnaa 'alaa l-qawmi l-kaafireen

DIN 31635wamā kāna qawlahum ʾillā ʾan qālū rabbanā ġfir lanā ḏunūbanā waʾisrāfanā fī ʾamrinā waṯabbit ʾaqdāmanā wānṣurnā ʿalā l-qawmi l-kāfirīna

The translators word this verse differently

Their only words were, "Our Lord, forgive us our offences, and our excesses in our conduct, and strengthen our foothold, and help us against the disbelieving people."

Compare translations (4)

Their cry was only that they said: Our Lord! forgive us for our sins and wasted efforts, make our foothold sure, and give us victory over the disbelieving folk

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And their word was only to say, 'Lord, forgive us our sins and our extravagance in our affairs; and make firm our footing, and help us against the misbelieving folk

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Nor said they more than this: "O our Lord! forgive us our sins and our mistakes in this our work; and set our feet firm; and help us against the unbelieving people

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And their speech was no other than that they said, our Lord forgive us our offences and our transgressions in our business; and confirm our feet, and help us against the unbelieving people

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:148

فَـَٔاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ثَوَابَ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَحُسْنَ ثَوَابِ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَٱللَّهُ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'aataahumu llaahu thawaaba d-dunyaa wahusna thawaabi l-'aakhirati wallaahu yuhibbu l-muhsineen

DIN 31635faʾātāhumu llāhu ṯawāba d-dunyā waḥusna ṯawābi l-ʾāḫirati wallāhu yuḥibbu l-muḥsinīna

So God gave them the reward of this world, and the excellent reward of the Hereafter. God loves the doers of good.

Compare translations (4)

So Allah gave them the reward of the world and the good reward of the Hereafter. Allah loveth those whose deeds are good

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and God gave them the reward of this world, and good reward for the future too, for God doth love the kind

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And God gave them the recompense of this world, and the excellence of the recompense of the next. For God loveth the doers of what is excellent

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And God gave them the reward of this world, and a glorious reward in the life to come; for God loveth the well-doers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:149

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِن تُطِيعُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ يَرُدُّوكُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَٰبِكُمْ فَتَنقَلِبُوا۟ خَٰسِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo in tutee'oo lladheena kafaroo yaruddookum 'alaa a'qaabikum fatanqaliboo khaasireen

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ʾin tuṭīʿū llaḏīna kafarū yaruddūkum ʿalā ʾaʿqābikum fatanqalibū ḫāsirīna

O you who believe! If you obey those who disbelieve, they will turn you back on your heels, and you end up losers.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! if ye obey those who disbelieve, they will make you turn back on your heels, and ye turn back as losers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! if ye obey those who misbelieve, they will turn you back upon your heels, and ye will retreat the losers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who have believed! if ye obey the infidels, they will cause you to turn upon your heels, and ye will fall back into perdition

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O ye who believe, if ye obey the infidels, they will cause you to turn back on your heels, and ye will be turned back and perish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:150

بَلِ ٱللَّهُ مَوْلَىٰكُمْ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلنَّٰصِرِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)bali llaahu mawlaakum wahuwa khayru n-naasireen

DIN 31635bali llāhu mawlākum wahuwa ḫayru n-nāṣirīna

God is your Master, and He is the Best of Helpers.

Compare translations (4)

But Allah is your Protector, and He is the Best of Helpers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Nay, God is your Lord, He is the best of helpers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But God is your liege lord, and He is the best of helpers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But God is your Lord; and he is the best helper

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:151

سَنُلْقِى فِى قُلُوبِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ ٱلرُّعْبَ بِمَآ أَشْرَكُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَٰنًا وَمَأْوَىٰهُمُ ٱلنَّارُ وَبِئْسَ مَثْوَى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)sanulqee fee quloobi lladheena kafaroo r-ru'ba bimaa ashrakoo billaahi maa lam yunazzil bihi sultaanan wama'waahumu n-naaru wabi'sa mathwaa z-zaalimeen

DIN 31635sanulqī fī qulūbi llaḏīna kafarū r-ruʿba bimā ʾašrakū billāhi mā lam yunazzil bihi sulṭānan wamaʾwāhumu n-nāru wabiʾsa maṯwā ẓ-ẓālimīna

The translators word this verse differently

We will throw terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve, because they attribute to God partners for which He revealed no sanction. Their lodging is the Fire. Miserable is the lodging of the evildoers.

Compare translations (4)

We shall cast terror into the hearts of those who disbelieve because they ascribe unto Allah partners, for which no warrant hath been revealed. Their habitation is the Fire, and hapless the abode of the wrong-doers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

We will throw dread into the hearts of those who misbelieve, for that they associate that with God which He has sent down no power for; but their resort is fire, and evil is the resort of the unjust

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

We will cast a dread into hearts of the infidels because they have joined gods with God without warranty sent down; their abode shall be the fire; and wretched shall be the mansion of the evil doers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

We will surely cast a dread into the hearts of the unbelievers, because they have associated with God that concerning which he sent them down no power: Their dwelling shall be the fire of hell; and the receptacle of the wicked shall be miserable

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:152

وَلَقَدْ صَدَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَعْدَهُۥٓ إِذْ تَحُسُّونَهُم بِإِذْنِهِۦ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَشِلْتُمْ وَتَنَٰزَعْتُمْ فِى ٱلْأَمْرِ وَعَصَيْتُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَآ أَرَىٰكُم مَّا تُحِبُّونَ مِنكُم مَّن يُرِيدُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمِنكُم مَّن يُرِيدُ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةَ ثُمَّ صَرَفَكُمْ عَنْهُمْ لِيَبْتَلِيَكُمْ وَلَقَدْ عَفَا عَنكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ ذُو فَضْلٍ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaqad sadaqakumu llaahu wa'dahu idh tahussoonahum bi'idhnihi hattaa idhaa fashiltum watanaaza'tum fee l-'amri wa'asaytum min ba'di maa araakum maa tuhibboona minkum man yureedu d-dunyaa waminkum man yureedu l-'aakhirata thumma sarafakum 'anhum liyabtaliyakum walaqad 'afaa 'ankum wallaahu dhoo fadlin 'alaa l-mu'mineen

DIN 31635walaqad ṣadaqakumu llāhu waʿdahu ʾiḏ taḥussūnahum biʾiḏnihi ḥattā ʾiḏā fašiltum watanāzaʿtum fī l-ʾamri waʿaṣaytum min baʿdi mā ʾarākum mā tuḥibbūna minkum man yurīdu d-dunyā waminkum man yurīdu l-ʾāḫirata ṯumma ṣarafakum ʿanhum liyabtaliyakum walaqad ʿafā ʿankum wallāhu ḏū faḍlin ʿalā l-muʾminīna

God has fulfilled His promise to you, and you defeated them by His leave; until when you faltered, and disputed the command, and disobeyed after He had shown you what you like. Some of you want this world, and some of you want the next. Then He turned you away from them, to test you; but He pardoned you. God is Gracious towards the believers.

Compare translations (4)

Allah verily made good His promise unto you when ye routed them by His leave, until (the moment) when your courage failed you, and ye disagreed about the order and ye disobeyed, after He had shown you that for which ye long. Some of you desired the world, and some of you desired the Hereafter. Therefore He made you flee from them, that He might try you. Yet now He hath forgiven you. Allah is a Lord of Kindness to believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God has truly kept His promise, when ye knocked them senseless by His permission, until ye showed cowardice, and wrangled, and rebelled, after he had shown you what ye loved. Amongst you are those who love this world, and amongst you are those who love the next. Then He turned you away from them to try you; but He has pardoned you, for God is Lord of grace unto believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Already had God made good to you His promise, when by His permission ye destroyed your foes, until your courage failed you, and ye disputed about the order, and disobeyed, after that the Prophet had brought you within view of that for which ye longed. Some of you were for this world, and some for the next. Then, in order to make trial of you, He turned you to flight from them, - yet hath He now forgiven you; for all-bounteous is God to the faithful

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God had already made good unto you his promise, when ye destroyed them by his permission, until ye became faint-hearted and disputed concerning the command of the apostle, and were rebellious; after God had shewn you what ye desired. Some of you chose this present world, and others of you chose the world to come. Then he turned you to flight from before them, that he might make trial of you: -- But he hath now pardoned you; for God is indued with beneficence towards the faithful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:153

إِذْ تُصْعِدُونَ وَلَا تَلْوُۥنَ عَلَىٰٓ أَحَدٍ وَٱلرَّسُولُ يَدْعُوكُمْ فِىٓ أُخْرَىٰكُمْ فَأَثَٰبَكُمْ غَمًّۢا بِغَمٍّ لِّكَيْلَا تَحْزَنُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا فَاتَكُمْ وَلَا مَآ أَصَٰبَكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ خَبِيرٌۢ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)idh tus'idoona walaa talwoona 'alaa ahadin war-rasoolu yad'ookum fee ukhraakum fa'athaabakum ghamman bighammin likaylaa tahzanoo 'alaa maa faatakum walaa maa asaabakum wallaahu khabeerun bimaa ta'maloon

DIN 31635ʾiḏ tuṣʿidūna walā talwūna ʿalā ʾaḥadin war-rasūlu yadʿūkum fī ʾuḫrākum faʾaṯābakum ġamman biġammin likaylā taḥzanū ʿalā mā fātakum walā mā ʾaṣābakum wallāhu ḫabīrun bimā taʿmalūna

The translators word this verse differently

Remember when you fled, not caring for anyone, even though the Messenger was calling you from your rear. Then He repaid you with sorrow upon sorrow, so that you would not grieve over what you missed, or for what afflicted you. God is Informed of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

When ye climbed (the hill) and paid no heed to anyone, while the messenger, in your rear, was calling you (to fight). Therefor He rewarded you grief for (his) grief, that (He might teach) you not to sorrow either for that which ye missed or for that which befell you. Allah is Informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

when ye went up and looked not round upon any one, although the Apostle was calling you from your rear. Therefore did God reward you with trouble on trouble that ye should not grieve after what ye had missed, nor for what befel you, for God is well aware of what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When ye came up the height and took no heed of any one, while the Prophet in your rear was calling you to the fight! God hath rewarded you with trouble upon trouble, that ye might learn not to be chagrined at your loss of booty, or at what befel you! God is acquainted with your actions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

when ye went up as ye fled, and looked not back on any; while the apostle called you, in the uttermost part of you. Therefore God rewarded you with affliction on affliction, that ye be not grieved hereafter for the spoils which ye fail of, nor for that which befalleth you; for God is well acquainted with whatever ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:154

ثُمَّ أَنزَلَ عَلَيْكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلْغَمِّ أَمَنَةً نُّعَاسًا يَغْشَىٰ طَآئِفَةً مِّنكُمْ وَطَآئِفَةٌ قَدْ أَهَمَّتْهُمْ أَنفُسُهُمْ يَظُنُّونَ بِٱللَّهِ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ ظَنَّ ٱلْجَٰهِلِيَّةِ يَقُولُونَ هَل لَّنَا مِنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ مِن شَىْءٍ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱلْأَمْرَ كُلَّهُۥ لِلَّهِ يُخْفُونَ فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِم مَّا لَا يُبْدُونَ لَكَ يَقُولُونَ لَوْ كَانَ لَنَا مِنَ ٱلْأَمْرِ شَىْءٌ مَّا قُتِلْنَا هَٰهُنَا قُل لَّوْ كُنتُمْ فِى بُيُوتِكُمْ لَبَرَزَ ٱلَّذِينَ كُتِبَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْقَتْلُ إِلَىٰ مَضَاجِعِهِمْ وَلِيَبْتَلِىَ ٱللَّهُ مَا فِى صُدُورِكُمْ وَلِيُمَحِّصَ مَا فِى قُلُوبِكُمْ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِذَاتِ ٱلصُّدُورِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)thumma anzala 'alaykum min ba'di l-ghammi amanatan nu'aasan yaghshaa taa'ifatan minkum wataa'ifatun qad ahammathum anfusuhum yazunnoona billaahi ghayra l-haqqi zanna l-jaahiliyyati yaqooloona hal lanaa mina l-'amri min shay'in qul inna l-'amra kullahu lillaahi yukhfoona fee anfusihim maa laa yubdoona laka yaqooloona law kaana lanaa mina l-'amri shay'un maa qutilnaa haahunaa qul law kuntum fee buyootikum labaraza lladheena kutiba 'alayhimu l-qatlu ilaa madaaji'ihim waliyabtaliya llaahu maa fee sudoorikum waliyumahhisa maa fee quloobikum wallaahu 'aleemun bidhaati s-sudoor

DIN 31635ṯumma ʾanzala ʿalaykum min baʿdi l-ġammi ʾamanatan nuʿāsan yaġšā ṭāʾifatan minkum waṭāʾifatun qad ʾahammathum ʾanfusuhum yaẓunnūna billāhi ġayra l-ḥaqqi ẓanna l-ǧāhiliyyati yaqūlūna hal lanā mina l-ʾamri min šayʾin qul ʾinna l-ʾamra kullahu lillāhi yuḫfūna fī ʾanfusihim mā lā yubdūna laka yaqūlūna law kāna lanā mina l-ʾamri šayʾun mā qutilnā hāhunā qul law kuntum fī buyūtikum labaraza llaḏīna kutiba ʿalayhimu l-qatlu ʾilā maḍāǧiʿihim waliyabtaliya llāhu mā fī ṣudūrikum waliyumaḥḥiṣa mā fī qulūbikum wallāhu ʿalīmun biḏāti ṣ-ṣudūri

The translators word this verse differently

Then after the setback, He sent down security upon you. Slumber overcame some of you, while others cared only for themselves, thinking of God thoughts that were untrue-thoughts of ignorance-saying, "Is anything up to us?" Say, "Everything is up to God." They conceal within themselves what they do not reveal to you. And they say, "If it was up to us, none of us would have been killed here." Say, "Even if you Had stayed in your homes, those destined to be killed would have marched into their death beds." God thus tests what is in your minds, and purifies what is in your hearts. God knows what the hearts contain.

Compare translations (4)

Then, after grief, He sent down security for you. As slumber did it overcome a party of you, while (the other) party, who were anxious on their own account, thought wrongly of Allah, the thought of ignorance. They said: Have we any part in the cause? Say (O Muhammad): The cause belongeth wholly to Allah. They hide within themselves (a thought) which they reveal not unto thee, saying: Had we had any part in the cause we should not have been slain here. Say: Even though ye had been in your houses, those appointed to be slain would have gone forth to the places where they were to lie. (All this hath been) in order that Allah might try what is in your breasts and prove what is in your hearts. Allah is Aware of what is hidden in the breasts (of men)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then He sent down upon you after trouble safety,- drowsiness creeping over one company of you, and one company of you getting anxious about themselves, suspecting about God other than the truth, with the suspicion of the ignorant, and saying, 'Have we any chance in the affair?' Say, 'Verily, the affair is God's.' They conceal in themselves what they will not show to thee, and say, 'If we had any chance in the affair we should not be killed here.' Say, 'If ye were in your houses, surely those against whom slaughter was written down, would have gone forth to fight even to where they are lying now; that God may try what is in your breasts and assay what is in your hearts, for God doth know the nature of men's breasts

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Then after the trouble God sent down security upon you. Slumber fell upon a part of you: as to the other part - their own passions stirred them up to think unjustly of God with thoughts of ignorance! They said - What gain we by this affair? SAY: Verily the affair resteth wholly with God. They hid in their minds what they did not speak out to thee, saying, "Were we to have gained aught in this affair, none of us had been slain at this place." SAY: Had ye remained in your homes, they who were decreed to be slain would have gone forth to the places where they lie: - in order that God might make trial of what was in your breasts, and might discover what was in your hearts, for God knoweth the very secrets of the breast

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Then he sent down upon you after affliction security; a soft sleep which fell on some part of you; but other part were troubled by their own souls; falsely thinking of God a foolish imagination, saying, will any thing of the matter happen unto us? Say, verily the matter belongeth wholly unto God. They concealed in their minds what they declared not unto thee; saying, if any thing of the matter had happened unto us, we had not been slain here. Answer, if ye had been in your houses, verily they would have gone forth to fight, whose slaughter was decreed, to the places where they died, and this came to pass that God might try what was in your breasts, and might discern what was in your hearts; for God knoweth the innermost parts of the breasts of men

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:155

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَوَلَّوْا۟ مِنكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْتَقَى ٱلْجَمْعَانِ إِنَّمَا ٱسْتَزَلَّهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ بِبَعْضِ مَا كَسَبُوا۟ وَلَقَدْ عَفَا ٱللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ غَفُورٌ حَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena tawallaw minkum yawma l-taqaa l-jam'aani innamaa stazallahumu sh-shaytaanu biba'di maa kasaboo walaqad 'afaa llaahu 'anhum inna llaaha ghafoorun haleem

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna tawallaw minkum yawma l-taqā l-ǧamʿāni ʾinnamā stazallahumu š-šayṭānu bibaʿḍi mā kasabū walaqad ʿafā llāhu ʿanhum ʾinna llāha ġafūrun ḥalīmun

Those of you who turned back on the day when the two armies clashed-it was Satan who caused them to backslide, on account of some of what they have earned. But God has forgiven them. God is Forgiving and Prudent.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! those of you who turned back on the day when the two hosts met, Satan alone it was who caused them to backslide, because of some of that which they have earned. Now Allah hath forgiven them. Lo! Allah is Forgiving, Clement

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those of you who turned your backs on that day when the two armies met, it was but Satan who made them slip for something they had earned. But God has now pardoned them; verily, God is forgiving and clement

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Of a truth it was Satan alone who caused those of you to fail in duty who turned back on the day when the hosts met, for some of their doings! But now hath God pardoned them; For God is Forgiving, Gracious

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily they among you who turned their backs on the day whereon the two armies met each other at Ohod, Satan caused them so slip, for some crime which they had committed: But now hath God forgiven them; for God is gracious and merciful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:156

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ لَا تَكُونُوا۟ كَٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ وَقَالُوا۟ لِإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ إِذَا ضَرَبُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَوْ كَانُوا۟ غُزًّى لَّوْ كَانُوا۟ عِندَنَا مَا مَاتُوا۟ وَمَا قُتِلُوا۟ لِيَجْعَلَ ٱللَّهُ ذَٰلِكَ حَسْرَةً فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ وَٱللَّهُ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo laa takoonoo kalladheena kafaroo waqaaloo li'ikhwaanihim idhaa daraboo fee l-'ardi aw kaanoo ghuzzan law kaanoo 'indanaa maa maatoo wamaa qutiloo liyaj'ala llaahu dhaalika hasratan fee quloobihim wallaahu yuhyee wayumeetu wallaahu bimaa ta'maloona baseer

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū lā takūnū kallaḏīna kafarū waqālū liʾiḫwānihim ʾiḏā ḍarabū fī l-ʾarḍi ʾaw kānū ġuzzan law kānū ʿindanā mā mātū wamā qutilū liyaǧʿala llāhu ḏālika ḥasratan fī qulūbihim wallāhu yuḥyī wayumītu wallāhu bimā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

O you who believe! Do not be like those who disbelieved, and said of their brethren who marched in the land, or went on the offensive, "Had they stayed with us, they would not have died or been killed." So that God may make it a cause of regret in their hearts. God gives life and causes death. God is Seeing of what you do.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Be not as those who disbelieved and said of their brethren who went abroad in the land or were fighting in the field: If they had been (here) with us they would not have died or been killed: that Allah may make it anguish in their hearts. Allah giveth life and causeth death; and Allah is Seer of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! be not like those who misbelieve, and say unto their brethren when they knock about in the earth, or are upon a raid, 'Had they but been at home, they had not died and had not been killed.' It was that God might make a sighing in their hearts, for God gives life and death; and God on what ye do doth look

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! be not like the infidels, who said of their brethren when they had travelled by land or had gone forth to war, "Had they kept with us, they had not died, and had not been slain!" God purposed that this affair should cause them heart sorrow! God maketh alive and killeth; and God beholdeth your actions

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, be not as they who believed not, and said of their brethren, when they had journeyed in the land or had been at war, if they had been with us, those had not died, nor had these been slain: Whereas what befell them was so ordained that God might make it matter of sighing in their hearts. God giveth life, and causeth to die: And God seeth that which ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:157

وَلَئِن قُتِلْتُمْ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ مُتُّمْ لَمَغْفِرَةٌ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَرَحْمَةٌ خَيْرٌ مِّمَّا يَجْمَعُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wala'in qutiltum fee sabeeli llaahi aw muttum lamaghfiratun mina llaahi warahmatun khayrun mimmaa yajma'oon

DIN 31635walaʾin qutiltum fī sabīli llāhi ʾaw muttum lamaġfiratun mina llāhi waraḥmatun ḫayrun mimmā yaǧmaʿūna

If you are killed in the cause of God, or die-forgiveness and mercy from God are better than what they hoard.

Compare translations (4)

And what though ye be slain in Allah's way or die therein? Surely pardon from Allah and mercy are better than all that they amass

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if, indeed, ye be killed in God's way or die, surely forgiveness from God and mercy is better than what ye gather

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if ye shall be slain or die on the path of God, then pardon from God and mercy is better than all your amassings

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Moreover if ye be slain, or die in defence of the religion of God; verily pardon from God, and mercy is better than what they heap together of worldly riches

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:158

وَلَئِن مُّتُّمْ أَوْ قُتِلْتُمْ لَإِلَى ٱللَّهِ تُحْشَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wala'in muttum aw qutiltum la'ilaa llaahi tuhsharoon

DIN 31635walaʾin muttum ʾaw qutiltum laʾilā llāhi tuḥšarūna

If you die, or are killed-to God you will be gathered up.

Compare translations (4)

What though ye be slain or die, when unto Allah ye are gathered

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and if ye die or be killed it is to God ye shall be assembled

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For if ye die or be slain, verily unto God shall ye be gathered

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And if ye die, or be slain, verily unto God shall ye be gathered

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:159

فَبِمَا رَحْمَةٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ لِنتَ لَهُمْ وَلَوْ كُنتَ فَظًّا غَلِيظَ ٱلْقَلْبِ لَٱنفَضُّوا۟ مِنْ حَوْلِكَ فَٱعْفُ عَنْهُمْ وَٱسْتَغْفِرْ لَهُمْ وَشَاوِرْهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَمْرِ فَإِذَا عَزَمْتَ فَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُتَوَكِّلِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fabimaa rahmatin mina llaahi linta lahum walaw kunta fazzan ghaleeza l-qalbi laanfaddoo min hawlika fa'fu 'anhum wastaghfir lahum washaawirhum fee l-'amri fa'idhaa 'azamta fatawakkal 'alaa llaahi inna llaaha yuhibbu l-mutawakkileen

DIN 31635fabimā raḥmatin mina llāhi linta lahum walaw kunta faẓẓan ġalīẓa l-qalbi lānfaḍḍū min ḥawlika faʿfu ʿanhum wastaġfir lahum wašāwirhum fī l-ʾamri faʾiḏā ʿazamta fatawakkal ʿalā llāhi ʾinna llāha yuḥibbu l-mutawakkilīna

The translators word this verse differently

It is by of grace from God that you were gentle with them. Had you been harsh, hardhearted, they would have dispersed from around you. So pardon them, and ask forgiveness for them, and consult them in the conduct of affairs. And when you make a decision, put your trust in God; God loves the trusting.

Compare translations (4)

It was by the mercy of Allah that thou wast lenient with them (O Muhammad), for if thou hadst been stern and fierce of heart they would have dispersed from round about thee. So pardon them and ask forgiveness for them and consult with them upon the conduct of affairs. And when thou art resolved, then put thy trust in Allah. Lo! Allah loveth those who put their trust (in Him)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It was by a sort of mercy from God thou didst deal gently with them, for hadst thou been rough and rude of heart they had dispersed from around thee. But pardon them, and ask forgiveness for them, and take counsel with them in the affair. As for what thou hast resolved, rely upon God; verily, God loves those who do rely

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Of the mercy of God thou hast spoken to them in gentle terms. Hadst thou been severe and harsh-hearted, they would have broken away from thee. Therefore, forgive and ask for pardon for them, and consult them in the affair of war, and when thou art resolved, then put thou thy trust in God, for God loveth those who trust in Him

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And as to the mercy granted unto the disobedient from God, thou O Mohammed hast been mild towards them; but if thou hadst been severe, and hard-hearted, they had surely separated themselves from about thee. Therefore forgive them, and ask pardon for them: And consult them in the affair of war; and after thou hast deliberated, trust in God; for God loveth those who trust in Him

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:160

إِن يَنصُرْكُمُ ٱللَّهُ فَلَا غَالِبَ لَكُمْ وَإِن يَخْذُلْكُمْ فَمَن ذَا ٱلَّذِى يَنصُرُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَعَلَى ٱللَّهِ فَلْيَتَوَكَّلِ ٱلْمُؤْمِنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)in yansurkumu llaahu falaa ghaaliba lakum wa'in yakhdhulkum faman dhaa lladhee yansurukum min ba'dihi wa'alaa llaahi falyatawakkali l-mu'minoon

DIN 31635ʾin yanṣurkumu llāhu falā ġāliba lakum waʾin yaḫḏulkum faman ḏā llaḏī yanṣurukum min baʿdihi waʿalā llāhi falyatawakkali l-muʾminūna

If God supports you, there is none who can overcome you. But if He fails you, who is there to help you after Him? So in God let the believers put their trust.

Compare translations (4)

If Allah is your helper none can overcome you, and if He withdraw His help from you, who is there who can help you after Him? In Allah let believers put their trust

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

If God help you, there is none can overcome you; but if He leave you in the lurch, who is there can help you after Him? Upon God then let believers rely

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

If God help you, none shall overcome you; but if He abandon you, who is he that shall help you when He is gone? In God, then, let the faithful trust

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If God help you, none shall conquer you; but if he desert you, who is it that will help you after Him? Therefore in God let the faithful trust

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:161

وَمَا كَانَ لِنَبِىٍّ أَن يَغُلَّ وَمَن يَغْلُلْ يَأْتِ بِمَا غَلَّ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ثُمَّ تُوَفَّىٰ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ مَّا كَسَبَتْ وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa kaana linabiyyin an yaghulla waman yaghlul ya'ti bimaa ghalla yawma l-qiyaamati thumma tuwaffaa kullu nafsin maa kasabat wahum laa yuzlamoon

DIN 31635wamā kāna linabiyyin ʾan yaġulla waman yaġlul yaʾti bimā ġalla yawma l-qiyāmati ṯumma tuwaffā kullu nafsin mā kasabat wahum lā yuẓlamūna

It is not for a prophet to act dishonestly. Whoever acts dishonestly will bring his dishonesty on the Day of Resurrection. Then every soul will be paid in full for what it has earned, and they will not be wronged.

Compare translations (4)

It is not for any prophet to embezzle. Whoso embezzleth will bring what he embezzled with him on the Day of Resurrection. Then every soul will be paid in full what it hath earned; and they will not be wronged

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is not for the prophet to cheat; and he who cheats shall bring what he has cheated on the resurrection day. Then shall each soul be paid what it has earned, and they shall not be wronged

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It is not the Prophet who will defraud you; - But he who shall defraud, shall come forth with his defraudings on the day of the resurrection: then shall every soul be paid what it hath merited, and they shall not be treated with injustice

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is not the part of a prophet to defraud, for he who defraudeth, shall bring with him what he hath defrauded any one of, on the day of the resurrection. Then shall every soul be paid what he hath gained; and they shall not be treated unjustly

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:162

أَفَمَنِ ٱتَّبَعَ رِضْوَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ كَمَنۢ بَآءَ بِسَخَطٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَمَأْوَىٰهُ جَهَنَّمُ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمَصِيرُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)afamani taba'a ridwaana llaahi kaman baa'a bisakhatin mina llaahi wama'waahu jahannamu wabi'sa l-maseer

DIN 31635ʾafamani tabaʿa riḍwāna llāhi kaman bāʾa bisaḫaṭin mina llāhi wamaʾwāhu ǧahannamu wabiʾsa l-maṣīru

The translators word this verse differently

Is someone who pursues God's approval the same as someone who incurs God's wrath and his refuge is Hell-the miserable destination?

Compare translations (4)

Is one who followeth the pleasure of Allah as one who hath earned condemnation from Allah, whose habitation is the Fire, a hapless journey's end

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Is he who follows the pleasure of God, like him who has drawn on himself anger from God, whose resort is hell? An evil journey shall it be

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Shall he who hath followed the good pleasure of God be as he who hath brought on himself wrath from God, and whose abode shall be Hell? and wretched the journey thither

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Shall he therefore who followeth that which is well-pleasing unto God, be as he who bringeth on himself wrath from God, and whose receptacle is hell? An evil journey shall it be thither

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:163

هُمْ دَرَجَٰتٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ بَصِيرٌۢ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)hum darajaatun 'inda llaahi wallaahu baseerun bimaa ya'maloon

DIN 31635hum daraǧātun ʿinda llāhi wallāhu baṣīrun bimā yaʿmalūna

The translators word this verse differently

They have different ranks with God, and God is Seeing of what they do.

Compare translations (4)

There are degrees (of grace and reprobation) with Allah, and Allah is Seer of what they do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

These are degrees with God, and God sees what ye do

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

There are varying grades with God: and God beholdeth what ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There shall be degrees of rewards and punishments with God, for God seeth what they do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:164

لَقَدْ مَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَى ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ إِذْ بَعَثَ فِيهِمْ رَسُولًا مِّنْ أَنفُسِهِمْ يَتْلُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ وَيُزَكِّيهِمْ وَيُعَلِّمُهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحِكْمَةَ وَإِن كَانُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ لَفِى ضَلَٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laqad manna llaahu 'alaa l-mu'mineena idh ba'atha feehim rasoolan min anfusihim yatloo 'alayhim aayaatihi wayuzakkeehim wayu'allimuhumu l-kitaaba wal-hikmata wa'in kaanoo min qablu lafee dalaalin mubeen

DIN 31635laqad manna llāhu ʿalā l-muʾminīna ʾiḏ baʿaṯa fīhim rasūlan min ʾanfusihim yatlū ʿalayhim ʾāyātihi wayuzakkīhim wayuʿallimuhumu l-kitāba wal-ḥikmata waʾin kānū min qablu lafī ḍalālin mubīnin

God has blessed the believers, as He raised up among them a messenger from among themselves, who recites to them His revelations, and purifies them, and teaches them the Scripture and wisdom; although before that they were in evident error.

Compare translations (4)

Allah verily hath shown grace to the believers by sending unto them a messenger of their own who reciteth unto them His revelations, and causeth them to grow, and teacheth them the Scripture and wisdom; although before (he came to them) they were in flagrant error

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God was surely very gracious to the believers, when He sent amongst them an apostle from themselves, to recite to them His signs, and purify them, and teach them the Book and wisdom, although they surely were before his time in manifest error

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Now hath God been gracious to the faithful, when he raised up among them an apostle out of their own people, to rehearse unto them his signs, and to cleanse them, and to give them knowledge of the Book and of Wisdom: for before they were in manifest error

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Now hath God been gracious unto the believers when he raised up among them an apostle of their own nation, who should recite his signs unto them, and purify them, and teach them the book of the Koran and wisdom; whereas they were before in manifest error

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:165

أَوَلَمَّآ أَصَٰبَتْكُم مُّصِيبَةٌ قَدْ أَصَبْتُم مِّثْلَيْهَا قُلْتُمْ أَنَّىٰ هَٰذَا قُلْ هُوَ مِنْ عِندِ أَنفُسِكُمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)awalammaa asaabatkum museebatun qad asabtum mithlayhaa qultum annaa haadhaa qul huwa min 'indi anfusikum inna llaaha 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635ʾawalammā ʾaṣābatkum muṣībatun qad ʾaṣabtum miṯlayhā qultum ʾannā hāḏā qul huwa min ʿindi ʾanfusikum ʾinna llāha ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

The translators word this verse differently

And when a calamity befell you, even after you had inflicted twice as much, you said, "How is this?" Say, "It is from your own selves." God is Able to do all things.

Compare translations (4)

And was it so, when a disaster smote you, though ye had smitten (them with a disaster) twice (as great), that ye said: How is this? Say (unto them, O Muhammad): It is from yourselves. Lo! Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Or when an accident befals you, and ye have fallen on twice as much, ye say, 'How is this?' Say, 'It is from yourselves. Verily, God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

When a reverse hath befallen you, the like of which ye had before inflicted, say ye, "Whence is this?" SAY: It is from yourselves. For God hath power over all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

After a misfortune hath befallen you at Ohod, -- ye had already obtained two equal advantages -- do ye say, whence cometh this? Answer, this is from yourselves: For God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:166

وَمَآ أَصَٰبَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْتَقَى ٱلْجَمْعَانِ فَبِإِذْنِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wamaa asaabakum yawma l-taqaa l-jam'aani fabi'idhni llaahi waliya'lama l-mu'mineen

DIN 31635wamā ʾaṣābakum yawma l-taqā l-ǧamʿāni fabiʾiḏni llāhi waliyaʿlama l-muʾminīna

What befell you on the day the two armies clashed was with God's permission; that He may know the believers.

Compare translations (4)

That which befell you, on the day when the two armies met, was by permission of Allah; that He might know the true believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And what befell you the day when the two armies met, it was by God's permission; that He might know the believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And that which befel you on the day when the armies met, was certainly by the will of God, and that he might know the faithful, and that he might know the hypocrites! And when the word was "Advance, fight on the path of God, or drive back the foe," - they said, "Had we known how to fight, we would have followed you." Nearer were some of them on that day to unbelief, than to faith

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And what happened unto you, on the day whereon the two armies met, was certainly by the permission of God; and that he might know the faithful

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:167

وَلِيَعْلَمَ ٱلَّذِينَ نَافَقُوا۟ وَقِيلَ لَهُمْ تَعَالَوْا۟ قَٰتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَوِ ٱدْفَعُوا۟ قَالُوا۟ لَوْ نَعْلَمُ قِتَالًا لَّٱتَّبَعْنَٰكُمْ هُمْ لِلْكُفْرِ يَوْمَئِذٍ أَقْرَبُ مِنْهُمْ لِلْإِيمَٰنِ يَقُولُونَ بِأَفْوَٰهِهِم مَّا لَيْسَ فِى قُلُوبِهِمْ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا يَكْتُمُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)waliya'lama lladheena naafaqoo waqeela lahum ta'aalaw qaatiloo fee sabeeli llaahi awi dfa'oo qaaloo law na'lamu qitaalan laattaba'naakum hum lilkufri yawma'idhin aqrabu minhum lil'eemaani yaqooloona bi'afwaahihim maa laysa fee quloobihim wallaahu a'lamu bimaa yaktumoon

DIN 31635waliyaʿlama llaḏīna nāfaqū waqīla lahum taʿālaw qātilū fī sabīli llāhi ʾawi dfaʿū qālū law naʿlamu qitālan lāttabaʿnākum hum lilkufri yawmaʾiḏin ʾaqrabu minhum lilʾīmāni yaqūlūna biʾafwāhihim mā laysa fī qulūbihim wallāhu ʾaʿlamu bimā yaktumūna

And that He may know the hypocrites. And it was said to them, "Come, fight in the cause of God, or contribute." They said, "If we knew how to fight, we would have followed you." On that day they were closer to infidelity than they were to faith. They say with their mouths what is not in their hearts; but God knows what they hide.

Compare translations (4)

And that He might know the hypocrites, unto whom it was said: Come, fight in the way of Allah, or defend yourselves. They answered: If we knew aught of fighting we would follow you. On that day they were nearer disbelief than faith. They utter with their mouths a thing which is not in their hearts. Allah is Best Aware of what they hide

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

and might know those who behaved hypocritically; for it was said to them, 'Come, fight in God's way,' or 'repel (the foe);' they said, 'If we knew how to fight we would surely follow you.' They were that day far nigher unto misbelief than they were to faith. They say with their mouths what is not in their hearts, but God doth know best what they hid

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They said with their lips what was not in their hearts! But God knew what they concealed

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and that he might know the ungodly. It was said unto them, come, fight for the religion of God, or drive back the enemy: They answered, if we had known ye went out to fight, we had certainly followed you. They were on that day nearer unto unbelief, than they were to faith; they spake with their mouths, what was not in their hearts: But God perfectly knew what they concealed

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:168

ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوا۟ لِإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ وَقَعَدُوا۟ لَوْ أَطَاعُونَا مَا قُتِلُوا۟ قُلْ فَٱدْرَءُوا۟ عَنْ أَنفُسِكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena qaaloo li'ikhwaanihim waqa'adoo law ataa'oonaa maa qutiloo qul fadra'oo 'an anfusikumu l-mawta in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635allaḏīna qālū liʾiḫwānihim waqaʿadū law ʾaṭāʿūnā mā qutilū qul fadraʾū ʿan ʾanfusikumu l-mawta ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

Those who said of their brethren, as they stayed behind, "Had they obeyed us, they would not have been killed." Say, "Then avert death from yourselves, if you are truthful."

Compare translations (4)

Those who, while they sat at home, said of their brethren (who were fighting for the cause of Allah): If they had been guided by us they would not have been slain. Say (unto them, O Muhammad): Then avert death from yourselves if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Those who said of their brethren, whilst they themselves stayed at home, 'Had they obeyed us they would not have been killed.' Say, 'Ward off from yourselves death, if ye do speak the truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who said of their brethren while themselves sat at home, "Had they obeyed us, they had not been slain." SAY: Keep back death from yourselves if ye speak truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who said of their brethren, while themselves staid at home, if they had obeyed us, they had not been slain. Say, then keep back death from yourselves, if ye say truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:169

وَلَا تَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ قُتِلُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ أَمْوَٰتًۢا بَلْ أَحْيَآءٌ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ يُرْزَقُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa tahsabanna lladheena qutiloo fee sabeeli llaahi amwaatan bal ahyaa'un 'inda rabbihim yurzaqoon

DIN 31635walā taḥsabanna llaḏīna qutilū fī sabīli llāhi ʾamwātan bal ʾaḥyāʾun ʿinda rabbihim yurzaqūna

The translators word this verse differently

Do not consider those killed in the cause of God as dead. In fact, they are alive, at their Lord, well provided for.

Compare translations (4)

Think not of those, who are slain in the way of Allah, as dead. Nay, they are living. With their Lord they have provision

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Count not those who are killed in the way of God as dead, but living with their Lord;- provided for

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And repute not those slain on God's path to be dead. Nay, alive with their Lord, are they richly sustained

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Thou shalt in no wise reckon those who have been slain at Ohod in the cause of God, dead; nay, they are sustained alive with their Lord

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:170

فَرِحِينَ بِمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ وَيَسْتَبْشِرُونَ بِٱلَّذِينَ لَمْ يَلْحَقُوا۟ بِهِم مِّنْ خَلْفِهِمْ أَلَّا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fariheena bimaa aataahumu llaahu min fadlihi wayastabshiroona billadheena lam yalhaqoo bihim min khalfihim allaa khawfun 'alayhim walaa hum yahzanoon

DIN 31635fariḥīna bimā ʾātāhumu llāhu min faḍlihi wayastabširūna billaḏīna lam yalḥaqū bihim min ḫalfihim ʾallā ḫawfun ʿalayhim walā hum yaḥzanūna

Delighting in what God has given them out of His grace, and happy for those who have not yet joined them; that they have nothing to fear, nor will they grieve.

Compare translations (4)

Jubilant (are they) because of that which Allah hath bestowed upon them of His bounty, rejoicing for the sake of those who have not joined them but are left behind: That there shall no fear come upon them neither shall they grieve

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

rejoicing in what God has brought them of His grace, and being glad for those who have not reached them yet,- those left behind them; there is no fear for them, and they shall not be grieved

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Rejoicing in what God of his bounty hath vouchsafed them, filled with joy for those who follow after them, but have not yet overtaken them, that on them nor fear shall come, nor grief

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

rejoicing for what God of his favour hath granted them; and being glad for those, who coming after them, have not as yet overtaken them; because there shall no fear come on them, neither shall they be grieved

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:171

يَسْتَبْشِرُونَ بِنِعْمَةٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَفَضْلٍ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yastabshiroona bini'matin mina llaahi wafadlin wa'anna llaaha laa yudee'u ajra l-mu'mineen

DIN 31635yastabširūna biniʿmatin mina llāhi wafaḍlin waʾanna llāha lā yuḍīʿu ʾaǧra l-muʾminīna

The translators word this verse differently

They rejoice in grace from God, and bounty, and that God will not waste the reward of the faithful.

Compare translations (4)

They rejoice because of favour from Allah and kindness, and that Allah wasteth not the wage of the believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

glad at favour from God and grace, and that God wasteth not the hire of the believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Filled with joy at the favours of God, and at his bounty: and that God suffereth not the reward of the faithful to perish

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They are filled with joy for the favour which they have received from God, and his bounty; and for that God suffereth not the reward of the faithful to perish

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:172

ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَجَابُوا۟ لِلَّهِ وَٱلرَّسُولِ مِنۢ بَعْدِ مَآ أَصَابَهُمُ ٱلْقَرْحُ لِلَّذِينَ أَحْسَنُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ أَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena stajaaboo lillaahi war-rasooli min ba'di maa asaabahumu l-qarhu lilladheena ahsanoo minhum waattaqaw ajrun 'azeem

DIN 31635allaḏīna staǧābū lillāhi war-rasūli min baʿdi mā ʾaṣābahumu l-qarḥu lillaḏīna ʾaḥsanū minhum wāttaqaw ʾaǧrun ʿaẓīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Those who responded to God and the Messenger, despite the persecution they had suffered. For the virtuous and the pious among them is a great reward.

Compare translations (4)

As for those who heard the call of Allah and His messenger after the harm befell them (in the fight); for such of them as do right and ward off (evil), there is great reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Whoso answered to the call of God and of His prophet after sorrow had befallen them, for those, if they do good and fear God, is a mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

As to those who after the reverse which befel them, respond to God and the Apostle - such of them as do good works and fear God, shall have a great reward

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They who hearkened unto God and his apostle, after a wound had befallen them at Ohod, such of them as do good works, and fear God, shall have a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:173

ٱلَّذِينَ قَالَ لَهُمُ ٱلنَّاسُ إِنَّ ٱلنَّاسَ قَدْ جَمَعُوا۟ لَكُمْ فَٱخْشَوْهُمْ فَزَادَهُمْ إِيمَٰنًا وَقَالُوا۟ حَسْبُنَا ٱللَّهُ وَنِعْمَ ٱلْوَكِيلُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena qaala lahumu n-naasu inna n-naasa qad jama'oo lakum fakhshawhum fazaadahum eemaanan waqaaloo hasbunaa llaahu wani'ma l-wakeel

DIN 31635allaḏīna qāla lahumu n-nāsu ʾinna n-nāsa qad ǧamaʿū lakum faḫšawhum fazādahum ʾīmānan waqālū ḥasbunā llāhu waniʿma l-wakīlu

Those to whom the people have said, "The people have mobilized against you, so fear them." But this only increased them in faith, and they said, "God is enough for us; He is the Excellent Protector."

Compare translations (4)

Those unto whom men said: Lo! the people have gathered against you, therefor fear them. (The threat of danger) but increased the faith of them and they cried: Allah is Sufficient for us! Most Excellent is He in Whom we trust

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

To whom when men said, 'Verily, men have gathered round you, fear then them,' it only increased their faith, and they said, 'God is enough for us, a good guardian is He

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who, when men said to them, "Now are the Meccans mustering against you; therefore fear them!" it only increased their faith, and they said, "Our sufficiency is God, and He is an excellent protector

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

unto whom certain men said, verily the men of Mecca have already gathered forces against you, be ye therefore afraid of them: But this increased their faith, and they said, God is our support, and the most excellent patron

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:174

فَٱنقَلَبُوا۟ بِنِعْمَةٍ مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَفَضْلٍ لَّمْ يَمْسَسْهُمْ سُوٓءٌ وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ رِضْوَٰنَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ ذُو فَضْلٍ عَظِيمٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)faanqalaboo bini'matin mina llaahi wafadlin lam yamsashum soo'un waattaba'oo ridwaana llaahi wallaahu dhoo fadlin 'azeem

DIN 31635fānqalabū biniʿmatin mina llāhi wafaḍlin lam yamsashum sūʾun wāttabaʿū riḍwāna llāhi wallāhu ḏū faḍlin ʿaẓīmin

The translators word this verse differently

So they came back with grace from God, and bounty, and no harm having touched them. They pursued what pleases God. God possesses immense grace.

Compare translations (4)

So they returned with grace and favour from Allah, and no harm touched them. They followed the good pleasure of Allah, and Allah is of Infinite Bounty

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Then they retired in favour from God and grace; no evil touched them; they followed the pleasure of God, and God is Lord of mighty grace

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They returned, therefore, with the favour of God, enriched by Him, and untouched by harm; and they followed what was well pleasing to God. And God is of great Munificence

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Wherefore they returned with favour from God, and advantage; no evil befell them: And they followed what was well pleasing unto God; for God is endowed with great liberality

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:175

إِنَّمَا ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ يُخَوِّفُ أَوْلِيَآءَهُۥ فَلَا تَخَافُوهُمْ وَخَافُونِ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)innamaa dhaalikumu sh-shaytaanu yukhawwifu awliyaa'ahu falaa takhaafoohum wakhaafooni in kuntum mu'mineen

DIN 31635ʾinnamā ḏālikumu š-šayṭānu yuḫawwifu ʾawliyāʾahu falā taḫāfūhum waḫāfūni ʾin kuntum muʾminīna

That is only Satan frightening his partisans; so do not fear them, but fear Me, if you are believers.

Compare translations (4)

It is only the devil who would make (men) fear his partisans. Fear them not; fear Me, if ye are true believers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is only that Satan who frightens his friends. Do not ye fear them, but fear me, if ye be believers

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Only would that Satan instil the fear of his adherents: Fear them not, but fear me if ye are believers

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Verily that devil would cause you to fear his friends: But be ye not afraid of them; but fear me, if ye be true believers

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:176

وَلَا يَحْزُنكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُسَٰرِعُونَ فِى ٱلْكُفْرِ إِنَّهُمْ لَن يَضُرُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًٔا يُرِيدُ ٱللَّهُ أَلَّا يَجْعَلَ لَهُمْ حَظًّا فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa yahzunka lladheena yusaari'oona fee l-kufri innahum lan yadurroo llaaha shay'an yureedu llaahu allaa yaj'ala lahum hazzan fee l-'aakhirati walahum 'adhaabun 'azeem

DIN 31635walā yaḥzunka llaḏīna yusāriʿūna fī l-kufri ʾinnahum lan yaḍurrū llāha šayʾan yurīdu llāhu ʾallā yaǧʿala lahum ḥaẓẓan fī l-ʾāḫirati walahum ʿaḏābun ʿaẓīmun

The translators word this verse differently

And do not be saddened by those who rush into disbelief. They will not harm God in the least. God desires to give them no share in the Hereafter. A terrible torment awaits them.

Compare translations (4)

Let not their conduct grieve thee, who run easily to disbelief, for lo! they injure Allah not at all. It is Allah's Will to assign them no portion in the Hereafter, and theirs will be an awful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Let them not grieve thee who vie with each other in misbelief. Verily, they cannot hurt God at all. God wills not to make for them a portion in the future life; but for them is mighty woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let not those who vie in haste after infidelity grieve thee: Verily not one whit shall they injure God! God will refuse them all part in the life to come: a severe chastisement shall be their lot

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

They shall not grieve thee, who emulously hasten unto infidelity; for they shall never hurt God at all. God will not give them a part in the next life, and they shall suffer a great punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:177

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱشْتَرَوُا۟ ٱلْكُفْرَ بِٱلْإِيمَٰنِ لَن يَضُرُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ شَيْـًٔا وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna lladheena shtarawu l-kufra bil-'eemaani lan yadurroo llaaha shay'an walahum 'adhaabun aleem

DIN 31635ʾinna llaḏīna štarawu l-kufra bil-ʾīmāni lan yaḍurrū llāha šayʾan walahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun

The translators word this verse differently

Those who exchange blasphemy for faith will not harm God in the least. A painful torment awaits them.

Compare translations (4)

Those who purchase disbelief at the price of faith harm Allah not at all, but theirs will be a painful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, those who purchase misbelief for faith, they do not hurt God at all, and for them is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

They truly who purchase infidelity at the price of their faith, shall not injure God one whit! and a grievous chastisement shall be their lot

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Surely those who purchase infidelity with faith, shall by no means hurt God at all, but they shall suffer a grievous punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:178

وَلَا يَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ أَنَّمَا نُمْلِى لَهُمْ خَيْرٌ لِّأَنفُسِهِمْ إِنَّمَا نُمْلِى لَهُمْ لِيَزْدَادُوٓا۟ إِثْمًا وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ مُّهِينٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa yahsabanna lladheena kafaroo annamaa numlee lahum khayrun li'anfusihim innamaa numlee lahum liyazdaadoo ithman walahum 'adhaabun muheen

DIN 31635walā yaḥsabanna llaḏīna kafarū ʾannamā numlī lahum ḫayrun liʾanfusihim ʾinnamā numlī lahum liyazdādū ʾiṯman walahum ʿaḏābun muhīnun

The translators word this verse differently

Those who disbelieve should not assume that We respite them for their own good. In fact, We only respite them so that they may increase in sinfulness. A humiliating torment awaits them.

Compare translations (4)

And let not those who disbelieve imagine that the rein We give them bodeth good unto their souls. We only give them rein that they may grow in sinfulness. And theirs will be a shameful doom

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Let not those who misbelieve reckon that our letting them range is good for themselves. We only let them have their range that they may increase in sin. And for them is shameful woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let not the infidels deem that the length of days we give them is good for them! We only give them length of days that they may increase their sins! and a shameful chastisement shall be their lot

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And let not the unbelievers think, because we grant them lives long and prosperous, that it is better for their souls: We grant them long and prosperous lives only that their iniquity may be increased; and they shall suffer an ignominious punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:179

مَّا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيَذَرَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ عَلَىٰ مَآ أَنتُمْ عَلَيْهِ حَتَّىٰ يَمِيزَ ٱلْخَبِيثَ مِنَ ٱلطَّيِّبِ وَمَا كَانَ ٱللَّهُ لِيُطْلِعَكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْغَيْبِ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱللَّهَ يَجْتَبِى مِن رُّسُلِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرُسُلِهِۦ وَإِن تُؤْمِنُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَلَكُمْ أَجْرٌ عَظِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)maa kaana llaahu liyadhara l-mu'mineena 'alaa maa antum 'alayhi hattaa yameeza l-khabeetha mina t-tayyibi wamaa kaana llaahu liyutli'akum 'alaa l-ghaybi walaakinna llaaha yajtabee min rusulihi man yashaa'u fa'aaminoo billaahi warusulihi wa'in tu'minoo watattaqoo falakum ajrun 'azeem

DIN 31635mā kāna llāhu liyaḏara l-muʾminīna ʿalā mā ʾantum ʿalayhi ḥattā yamīza l-ḫabīṯa mina ṭ-ṭayyibi wamā kāna llāhu liyuṭliʿakum ʿalā l-ġaybi walākinna llāha yaǧtabī min rusulihi man yašāʾu faʾāminū billāhi warusulihi waʾin tuʾminū watattaqū falakum ʾaǧrun ʿaẓīmun

The translators word this verse differently

God will not leave the believers as you are, without distinguishing the wicked from the sincere. Nor will God inform you of the future, but God elects from among His messengers whom He wills. So believe in God and His messengers. If you believe and practice piety, you will have a splendid reward.

Compare translations (4)

It is not (the purpose) of Allah to leave you in your present state till He shall separate the wicked from the good. And it is not (the purpose of) Allah to let you know the Unseen. But Allah chooseth of His messengers whom He will, (to receive knowledge thereof). So believe in Allah and His messengers. If ye believe and ward off (evil), yours will be a vast reward

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God would not leave believers in the state which ye are in, until He discerns the vile from the good. And God would not inform you of the unseen, but God chooses of His apostles whom He pleases. Wherefore believe ye in God and His Apostle; and if ye believe and fear, for you is mighty hire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

It is not in God to leave the faithful in the State in which they are, until he sever the bad from the good: Nor is God minded to lay open the secret things to you, but God chooseth whom he will of his apostles to know them. Believe, therefore, in God and his apostles: and if ye believe and fear God, a great reward awaiteth you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God is not disposed to leave the faithful in the condition which ye are now in, until he sever the wicked from the good; nor is God disposed to make you acquainted with what is a hidden secret, but God chooseth such of his apostles as he pleaseth, to reveal his mind unto: Believe therefore in God, and his apostles; and if ye believe, and fear God, ye shall receive a great reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:180

وَلَا يَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَبْخَلُونَ بِمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمُ ٱللَّهُ مِن فَضْلِهِۦ هُوَ خَيْرًا لَّهُم بَلْ هُوَ شَرٌّ لَّهُمْ سَيُطَوَّقُونَ مَا بَخِلُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ وَلِلَّهِ مِيرَٰثُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱللَّهُ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walaa yahsabanna lladheena yabkhaloona bimaa aataahumu llaahu min fadlihi huwa khayran lahum bal huwa sharrun lahum sayutawwaqoona maa bakhiloo bihi yawma l-qiyaamati walillaahi meeraathu s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wallaahu bimaa ta'maloona khabeer

DIN 31635walā yaḥsabanna llaḏīna yabḫalūna bimā ʾātāhumu llāhu min faḍlihi huwa ḫayran lahum bal huwa šarrun lahum sayuṭawwaqūna mā baḫilū bihi yawma l-qiyāmati walillāhi mīrāṯu s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wallāhu bimā taʿmalūna ḫabīrun

Those who withhold what God has given them of his bounty should not assume that is good for them. In fact, it is bad for them. They will be encircled by their hoardings on the Day of Resurrection. To God belongs the inheritance of the heavens and the earth, and God is well acquainted with what you do.

Compare translations (4)

And let not those who hoard up that which Allah hath bestowed upon them of His bounty think that it is better for them. Nay, it is worse for them. That which they hoard will be their collar on the Day of Resurrection. Allah's is the heritage of the heavens and the earth, and Allah is Informed of what ye do

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And let not those who are niggard of what God has given them of His grace, count that it is best for them;- nay, it is worse for them. What they have been niggard of shall be a collar round their necks upon the resurrection day. And God's is the heritage of the heavens and the earth, and God of what ye do is well aware

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And let not those who are niggard of what God hath vouchsafed them in his bounty, think that this will be good for them - Nay, it will be bad for them- That of which they have been niggard shall be their collar on the day of the resurrection. God's, the heritage of the Heavens and of the Earth! And God is well-informed of all ye do

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And let not those who covetous of what God of his bounty hath granted them, imagine that their avarice is better for them: Nay, rather it is worse for them. That which they have covetously reserved shall be bound as a collar about their neck, on the day of the resurrection: Unto God belongeth the inheritance of heaven and earth; and God is well acquainted with what ye do

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:181

لَّقَدْ سَمِعَ ٱللَّهُ قَوْلَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ فَقِيرٌ وَنَحْنُ أَغْنِيَآءُ سَنَكْتُبُ مَا قَالُوا۟ وَقَتْلَهُمُ ٱلْأَنۢبِيَآءَ بِغَيْرِ حَقٍّ وَنَقُولُ ذُوقُوا۟ عَذَابَ ٱلْحَرِيقِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laqad sami'a llaahu qawla lladheena qaaloo inna llaaha faqeerun wanahnu aghniyaa'u sanaktubu maa qaaloo waqatlahumu l-'anbiyaa'a bighayri haqqin wanaqoolu dhooqoo 'adhaaba l-hareeq

DIN 31635laqad samiʿa llāhu qawla llaḏīna qālū ʾinna llāha faqīrun wanaḥnu ʾaġniyāʾu sanaktubu mā qālū waqatlahumu l-ʾanbiyāʾa biġayri ḥaqqin wanaqūlu ḏūqū ʿaḏāba l-ḥarīqi

God has heard the statement of those who said, "God is poor, and we are rich." We will write down what they said, and their wrongful killing of the prophets; and We will say, "Taste the torment of the burning."

Compare translations (4)

Verily Allah heard the saying of those who said, (when asked for contributions to the war): "Allah, forsooth, is poor, and we are rich!" We shall record their saying with their slaying of the prophets wrongfully and We shall say: Taste ye the punishment of burning

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God heard the speech of those who said, 'Verily, God is poor and we are rich.' We will write down what they said, and how they killed the prophets undeservedly, and say, 'Taste ye the torment of burning

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Now hath God heard the saying of those who said: "Aye, God is poor and we are rich." We will surely write down their sayings, and their unjust slaughter of the prophets; and and we will say, "Taste ye the torment of the burning

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

God hath already heard the saying of those who said, verily God is poor, and we are rich: We will surely write down what they have said, and the slaughter which they have made of the prophets without a cause; and we will say unto them, taste ye the pain of burning

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:182

ذَٰلِكَ بِمَا قَدَّمَتْ أَيْدِيكُمْ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَيْسَ بِظَلَّامٍ لِّلْعَبِيدِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)dhaalika bimaa qaddamat aydeekum wa'anna llaaha laysa bizallaamin lil'abeed

DIN 31635ḏālika bimā qaddamat ʾaydīkum waʾanna llāha laysa biẓallāmin lilʿabīdi

The translators word this verse differently

"This is on account of what your hands have forwarded, and because God is not unjust towards the creatures."

Compare translations (4)

This is on account of that which your own hands have sent before (you to the judgment). Allah is no oppressor of (His) bondmen

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

this shall they suffer for what their hands have sent on before;- for, verily, God is no unjust one to His servants

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

This, for what your hands have sent before you; and because God will not inflict a wrong upon his servants

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

This shall they suffer for the evil which their hands have sent before them; and because God is not unjust towards mankind

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:183

ٱلَّذِينَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ عَهِدَ إِلَيْنَآ أَلَّا نُؤْمِنَ لِرَسُولٍ حَتَّىٰ يَأْتِيَنَا بِقُرْبَانٍ تَأْكُلُهُ ٱلنَّارُ قُلْ قَدْ جَآءَكُمْ رُسُلٌ مِّن قَبْلِى بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَبِٱلَّذِى قُلْتُمْ فَلِمَ قَتَلْتُمُوهُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena qaaloo inna llaaha 'ahida ilaynaa allaa nu'mina lirasoolin hattaa ya'tiyanaa biqurbaanin ta'kuluhu n-naaru qul qad jaa'akum rusulun min qablee bil-bayyinaati wabilladhee qultum falima qataltumoohum in kuntum saadiqeen

DIN 31635allaḏīna qālū ʾinna llāha ʿahida ʾilaynā ʾallā nuʾmina lirasūlin ḥattā yaʾtiyanā biqurbānin taʾkuluhu n-nāru qul qad ǧāʾakum rusulun min qablī bil-bayyināti wabillaḏī qultum falima qataltumūhum ʾin kuntum ṣādiqīna

Those who said, "God has made a covenant with us, that we shall not believe in any messenger unless he brings us an offering to be consumed by fire." Say, "Messengers have come to you before me with proofs, and with what you asked for; so why did you assassinate them, if you are truthful?"

Compare translations (4)

(The same are) those who say: Lo! Allah hath charged us that we believe not in any messenger until he bring us an offering which fire (from heaven) shall devour. Say (unto them, O Muhammad): Messengers came unto you before me with miracles, and with that (very miracle) which ye describe. Why then did ye slay them? (Answer that) if ye are truthful

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who say, 'Verily, God has covenanted with us that we should not believe in an apostle until he gives us a sacrifice which fire devours.' Say, 'There have come to you apostles before me with manifest signs, and with what ye talk about; why then did ye kill them, if ye speak the truth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

To those who say, "Verily, God hath enjoined us that we are not to credit an apostle until he present us a sacrifice which fire out of Heaven shall devour," SAY: Already have apostles before me come to you with miracles, and with that of which ye speak. Wherefore slew ye them? Tell me, if ye are men of truth

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who also say, surely God hath commanded us, that we should not give credit to any apostle, until one should come unto us with a sacrifice, which should be consumed by fire. Say, apostles have already come unto you before me, with plain proofs, and with the miracle which ye mention: Why therefore have ye slain them, if ye speak truth

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:184

فَإِن كَذَّبُوكَ فَقَدْ كُذِّبَ رُسُلٌ مِّن قَبْلِكَ جَآءُو بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ وَٱلزُّبُرِ وَٱلْكِتَٰبِ ٱلْمُنِيرِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fa'in kadhdhabooka faqad kudhdhiba rusulun min qablika jaa'oo bil-bayyinaati waz-zuburi wal-kitaabi l-muneer

DIN 31635faʾin kaḏḏabūka faqad kuḏḏiba rusulun min qablika ǧāʾū bil-bayyināti waz-zuburi wal-kitābi l-munīri

The translators word this verse differently

If they accuse you of lying, messengers before you were accused of lying. They came with the proofs, and the Psalms, and the Illuminating Scripture.

Compare translations (4)

And if they deny thee, even so did they deny messengers who were before thee, who came with miracles and with the Psalms and with the Scripture giving light

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And if they did call thee a liar, apostles before thee have been called liars too, who came with manifest signs, and with scriptures, and with the illuminating Book

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And if they treat thee as a liar, then verily apostles have been treated as liars before thee, though they came with clear proofs of their mission, and with Scriptures, and with the light-giving Book

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

If they accuse thee of imposture, the apostles before thee have also been accounted impostors, who brought evident demonstrations, and the scriptures, and the book which enlighteneth the understanding

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:185

كُلُّ نَفْسٍ ذَآئِقَةُ ٱلْمَوْتِ وَإِنَّمَا تُوَفَّوْنَ أُجُورَكُمْ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ فَمَن زُحْزِحَ عَنِ ٱلنَّارِ وَأُدْخِلَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ فَقَدْ فَازَ وَمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَآ إِلَّا مَتَٰعُ ٱلْغُرُورِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)kullu nafsin dhaa'iqatu l-mawti wa'innamaa tuwaffawna ujoorakum yawma l-qiyaamati faman zuhziha 'ani n-naari wa'udkhila l-jannata faqad faaza wamaa l-hayaatu d-dunyaa illaa mataa'u l-ghuroor

DIN 31635kullu nafsin ḏāʾiqatu l-mawti waʾinnamā tuwaffawna ʾuǧūrakum yawma l-qiyāmati faman zuḥziḥa ʿani n-nāri waʾudḫila l-ǧannata faqad fāza wamā l-ḥayātu d-dunyā ʾillā matāʿu l-ġurūri

Every soul will have a taste of death, and you will receive your recompense on the Day of Resurrection. Whoever is swayed from the Fire, and admitted to Paradise, has won. The life of this world is merely enjoyment of delusion.

Compare translations (4)

Every soul will taste of death. And ye will be paid on the Day of Resurrection only that which ye have fairly earned. Whoso is removed from the Fire and is made to enter paradise, he indeed is triumphant. The life of this world is but comfort of illusion

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Every soul must taste of death; and ye shall only be paid your hire upon the resurrection day. But he who is forced away from the fire and brought into Paradise is indeed happy; but the life of this world is but a possession of deceit

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Every soul shall taste of death: and ye shall only receive your recompenses on the day of resurrection. And whoso shall scape the fire, and be brought into Paradise, shall be happy. And the life of this world is but a cheating fruition

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Every soul shall taste of death, and ye shall have your rewards on the day of resurrection; and he who shall be far removed from hell fire, and shall be admitted into paradise, shall be happy: But the present life is only a deceitful provision

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:186

لَتُبْلَوُنَّ فِىٓ أَمْوَٰلِكُمْ وَأَنفُسِكُمْ وَلَتَسْمَعُنَّ مِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ وَمِنَ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ أَذًى كَثِيرًا وَإِن تَصْبِرُوا۟ وَتَتَّقُوا۟ فَإِنَّ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ عَزْمِ ٱلْأُمُورِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)latublawunna fee amwaalikum wa'anfusikum walatasma'unna mina lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba min qablikum wamina lladheena ashrakoo adhan katheeran wa'in tasbiroo watattaqoo fa'inna dhaalika min 'azmi l-'umoor

DIN 31635latublawunna fī ʾamwālikum waʾanfusikum walatasmaʿunna mina llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba min qablikum wamina llaḏīna ʾašrakū ʾaḏan kaṯīran waʾin taṣbirū watattaqū faʾinna ḏālika min ʿazmi l-ʾumūri

You will be tested through your possessions and your persons; and you will hear from those who received the Scripture before you, and from the idol worshipers, much abuse. But if you persevere and lead a righteous life-that indeed is a mark of great determination.

Compare translations (4)

Assuredly ye will be tried in your property and in your persons, and ye will hear much wrong from those who were given the Scripture before you, and from the idolaters. But if ye persevere and ward off (evil), then that is of the steadfast heart of things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Ye shall surely be tried in your wealth, and in your persons, and ye shall surely hear from those who have had the Book brought them before you, and from those who associate others with God, much harm. But if ye be patient and fear,- verily, that is one of the determined affairs

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Ye shall assuredly be tried in your possessions and in yourselves. And many hurtful things shall ye assuredly hear from those to whom the Scriptures were given before you, and from those who join other gods with God. But if ye be steadfast, and fear God this verily is needed in the affairs of life

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Ye shall surely be proved in your possessions, and in your persons; and ye shall hear from those unto whom the scripture was delivered before you, and from the idolaters, much hurt: But if ye be patient, and fear God, this is a matter that is absolutely determined

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:187

وَإِذْ أَخَذَ ٱللَّهُ مِيثَٰقَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُوتُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ لَتُبَيِّنُنَّهُۥ لِلنَّاسِ وَلَا تَكْتُمُونَهُۥ فَنَبَذُوهُ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِهِمْ وَٱشْتَرَوْا۟ بِهِۦ ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا فَبِئْسَ مَا يَشْتَرُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'idh akhadha llaahu meethaaqa lladheena ootoo l-kitaaba latubayyinunnahu lilnnaasi walaa taktumoonahu fanabadhoohu waraa'a zuhoorihim washtaraw bihi thamanan qaleelan fabi'sa maa yashtaroon

DIN 31635waʾiḏ ʾaḫaḏa llāhu mīṯāqa llaḏīna ʾūtū l-kitāba latubayyinunnahu lilnnāsi walā taktumūnahu fanabaḏūhu warāʾa ẓuhūrihim waštaraw bihi ṯamanan qalīlan fabiʾsa mā yaštarūna

The translators word this verse differently

God received a pledge from those who were given the Scripture: "You shall proclaim it to the people, and not conceal it." But they disregarded it behind their backs, and exchanged it for a small price. What a miserable exchange they made.

Compare translations (4)

And (remember) when Allah laid a charge on those who had received the Scripture (He said): Ye are to expound it to mankind and not to hide it. But they flung it behind their backs and bought thereby a little gain. Verily evil is that which they have gained thereby

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

When God took the compact from those who have had the Book brought them that 'Ye shall of a surety manifest it unto men, and not hide it,' they cast it behind their backs, and bought therewith a little price,- but evil is what they buy

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Moreover, when God entered into a convenant with those to whom the Scriptures had been given, and said, "Ye shall surely make it known to mankind and not hide it," they cast it behind their backs, and sold it for a sorry price! But vile is that for which they have sold it

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

And when God accepted the covenant of those to whom the book of the law was given, saying, ye shall surely publish it unto mankind, ye shall not hide it: Yet they threw it behind their backs, and sold it for a small price; but woful is the price for which they have sold it

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:188

لَا تَحْسَبَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَفْرَحُونَ بِمَآ أَتَوا۟ وَّيُحِبُّونَ أَن يُحْمَدُوا۟ بِمَا لَمْ يَفْعَلُوا۟ فَلَا تَحْسَبَنَّهُم بِمَفَازَةٍ مِّنَ ٱلْعَذَابِ وَلَهُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa tahsabanna lladheena yafrahoona bimaa ataw wayuhibboona an yuhmadoo bimaa lam yaf'aloo falaa tahsabannahum bimafaazatin mina l-'adhaabi walahum 'adhaabun aleem

DIN 31635lā taḥsabanna llaḏīna yafraḥūna bimā ʾataw wayuḥibbūna ʾan yuḥmadū bimā lam yafʿalū falā taḥsabannahum bimafāzatin mina l-ʿaḏābi walahum ʿaḏābun ʾalīmun

Do not think that those who rejoice in what they have done, and love to be praised for what they have not done-do not think they can evade the punishment. They will have a painful punishment.

Compare translations (4)

Think not that those who exult in what they have given, and love to be praised for what they have not done - Think not, they are in safety from the doom. A painful doom is theirs

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Count not that those who rejoice in what they have produced, and love to be praised for what they have not done,- think not that they are in safety from woe,- for them is grievous woe

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Suppose not that they who rejoice in what they have brought to pass, and love to be praised for what they have not done - suppose not they shall escape the chastisement. An afflictive chastisement doth await them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Think not that they who rejoice at what they have done, and expect to be praised for what they have not done; think not, O prophet, that they shall escape from punishment, for they shall suffer a painful punishment

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:189

وَلِلَّهِ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)walillaahi mulku s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wallaahu 'alaa kulli shay'in qadeer

DIN 31635walillāhi mulku s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi wallāhu ʿalā kulli šayʾin qadīrun

To God belongs the sovereignty of the heavens and the earth. God has power over all things.

Compare translations (4)

Unto Allah belongeth the Sovereignty of the heavens and the earth. Allah is Able to do all things

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

God's is the kingdom of the heavens and the earth, and God is mighty over all

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

For the Kingdom of the Heavens and the Earth is God's, and God hath power over all things

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

and unto God belongeth the kingdom of heaven and earth: God is almighty

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:190

إِنَّ فِى خَلْقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱخْتِلَٰفِ ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ لَـَٔايَٰتٍ لِّأُو۟لِى ٱلْأَلْبَٰبِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)inna fee khalqi s-samaawaati wal-'ardi wakhtilaafi llayli wan-nahaari la'aayaatin li'oolee l-'albaab

DIN 31635ʾinna fī ḫalqi s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi waḫtilāfi llayli wan-nahāri laʾāyātin liʾūlī l-ʾalbābi

In the creation of the heavens and the earth, and in the alternation of night and day, are signs for people of understanding.

Compare translations (4)

Lo! In the creation of the heavens and the earth and (in) the difference of night and day are tokens (of His Sovereignty) for men of understanding

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, in the creation of the heavens and the earth, and in the succession of night and day, are signs to those possessed of minds

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Verily, in the creation of the Heavens and of the Earth, and in the succession of the night and of the day, are signs for men of understanding heart

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Now in the creation of heaven and earth, and the vicissitude of night and day, are signs unto those who are indued with understanding

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:191

ٱلَّذِينَ يَذْكُرُونَ ٱللَّهَ قِيَٰمًا وَقُعُودًا وَعَلَىٰ جُنُوبِهِمْ وَيَتَفَكَّرُونَ فِى خَلْقِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ رَبَّنَا مَا خَلَقْتَ هَٰذَا بَٰطِلًا سُبْحَٰنَكَ فَقِنَا عَذَابَ ٱلنَّارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)alladheena yadhkuroona llaaha qiyaaman waqu'oodan wa'alaa junoobihim wayatafakkaroona fee khalqi s-samaawaati wal-'ardi rabbanaa maa khalaqta haadhaa baatilan subhaanaka faqinaa 'adhaaba n-naar

DIN 31635allaḏīna yaḏkurūna llāha qiyāman waquʿūdan waʿalā ǧunūbihim wayatafakkarūna fī ḫalqi s-samāwāti wal-ʾarḍi rabbanā mā ḫalaqta hāḏā bāṭilan subḥānaka faqinā ʿaḏāba n-nāri

Those who remember God while standing, and sitting, and on their sides; and they reflect upon the creation of the heavens and the earth: "Our Lord, You did not create this in vain, glory to You, so protect us from the punishment of the Fire."

Compare translations (4)

Such as remember Allah, standing, sitting, and reclining, and consider the creation of the heavens and the earth, (and say): Our Lord! Thou createdst not this in vain. Glory be to Thee! Preserve us from the doom of Fire

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

who remember God standing and sitting or lying on their sides, and reflect on the creation of the heavens and the earth. 'O Lord! thou hast not created this in vain. We celebrate Thy praise; then keep us from the torment of the fire

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Who standing, and sitting, and reclining, bear God in mind, and muse on the creation of the Heavens and of the Earth. "O our Lord!" say they, "thou hast not created this in vain. No. Glory be to Thee! Keep us, then, from the torment of the fire

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

who remember God standing, and sitting, and lying on their sides; and meditate on the creation of heaven and earth, saying, O Lord, thou hast not created this in vain; far be it from thee: Therefore deliver us from the torment of hell fire

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:192

رَبَّنَآ إِنَّكَ مَن تُدْخِلِ ٱلنَّارَ فَقَدْ أَخْزَيْتَهُۥ وَمَا لِلظَّٰلِمِينَ مِنْ أَنصَارٍ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa innaka man tudkhili n-naara faqad akhzaytahu wamaa lilzzaalimeena min ansaar

DIN 31635rabbanā ʾinnaka man tudḫili n-nāra faqad ʾaḫzaytahu wamā lilẓẓālimīna min ʾanṣārin

The translators word this verse differently

"Our Lord, whomever You commit to the Fire, You have disgraced. The wrongdoers will have no helpers."

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! Whom Thou causest to enter the Fire: him indeed Thou hast confounded. For evil-doers there will be no helpers

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lord! verily, whomsoever Thou hast made to enter the fire, Thou hast disgraced him; and the unjust shall have none to help them

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! surely thou wilt put him to shame whom thou shalt cause to enter into the Fire, and the wrong-doers shall have none to help them

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Lord, surely whom thou shalt throw into the fire, thou wilt also cover with shame: Nor shall the ungodly have any to help them

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:193

رَّبَّنَآ إِنَّنَا سَمِعْنَا مُنَادِيًا يُنَادِى لِلْإِيمَٰنِ أَنْ ءَامِنُوا۟ بِرَبِّكُمْ فَـَٔامَنَّا رَبَّنَا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا ذُنُوبَنَا وَكَفِّرْ عَنَّا سَيِّـَٔاتِنَا وَتَوَفَّنَا مَعَ ٱلْأَبْرَارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa innanaa sami'naa munaadiyan yunaadee lil'eemaani an aaminoo birabbikum fa'aamannaa rabbanaa faghfir lanaa dhunoobanaa wakaffir 'annaa sayyi'aatinaa watawaffanaa ma'a l-'abraar

DIN 31635rabbanā ʾinnanā samiʿnā munādiyan yunādī lilʾīmāni ʾan ʾāminū birabbikum faʾāmannā rabbanā faġfir lanā ḏunūbanā wakaffir ʿannā sayyiʾātinā watawaffanā maʿa l-ʾabrāri

"Our Lord, we have heard a caller calling to the faith: `Believe in your Lord,' and we have believed. Our Lord! Forgive us our sins, and remit our misdeeds, and make us die in the company of the virtuous."

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! Lo! we have heard a crier calling unto Faith: "Believe ye in your Lord!" So we believed. Our Lord! Therefor forgive us our sins, and remit from us our evil deeds, and make us die the death of the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lord! verily, we heard a crier calling to the faith, "Believe in your Lord," and we did believe. Lord! forgive us our sins and cover our offences, and let us die with the righteous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! we have indeed heard the voice of one that called. He called us to the faith - 'Believe on your Lord' - and we have believed. O our Lord! forgive us then our sin, and hide away from us our evil deeds, and cause us to die with the righteous

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Lord, we have heard a preacher inviting us to the faith, and saying, believe in your Lord: And we believed. O Lord, forgive us therefore our sins, and expiate our evil deeds from us, and make us to die with the righteous

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:194

رَبَّنَا وَءَاتِنَا مَا وَعَدتَّنَا عَلَىٰ رُسُلِكَ وَلَا تُخْزِنَا يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ إِنَّكَ لَا تُخْلِفُ ٱلْمِيعَادَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)rabbanaa wa'aatinaa maa wa'adttanaa 'alaa rusulika walaa tukhzinaa yawma l-qiyaamati innaka laa tukhlifu l-mee'aad

DIN 31635rabbanā waʾātinā mā waʿadttanā ʿalā rusulika walā tuḫzinā yawma l-qiyāmati ʾinnaka lā tuḫlifu l-mīʿāda

"Our Lord, and give us what You have promised us through Your messengers, and do not disgrace us on the Day of Resurrection. Surely You never break a promise."

Compare translations (4)

Our Lord! And give us that which Thou hast promised to us by Thy messengers. Confound us not upon the Day of Resurrection. Lo! Thou breakest not the tryst

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Lord! and bring us what Thou hast promised us by Thy apostles, and disgrace us not upon the resurrection day; for, verily, Thou dost not break Thy promises

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O our Lord! and give us what thou hast promised us by thine apostles, and put us not to shame on the day of the resurrection. Verily, Thou wilt not fail thy promise

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O Lord, give us also the reward which thou hast promised by thy apostles; and cover us not with shame on the day of resurrection; for thou art not contrary to the promise

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:195

فَٱسْتَجَابَ لَهُمْ رَبُّهُمْ أَنِّى لَآ أُضِيعُ عَمَلَ عَٰمِلٍ مِّنكُم مِّن ذَكَرٍ أَوْ أُنثَىٰ بَعْضُكُم مِّنۢ بَعْضٍ فَٱلَّذِينَ هَاجَرُوا۟ وَأُخْرِجُوا۟ مِن دِيَٰرِهِمْ وَأُوذُوا۟ فِى سَبِيلِى وَقَٰتَلُوا۟ وَقُتِلُوا۟ لَأُكَفِّرَنَّ عَنْهُمْ سَيِّـَٔاتِهِمْ وَلَأُدْخِلَنَّهُمْ جَنَّٰتٍ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ثَوَابًا مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَٱللَّهُ عِندَهُۥ حُسْنُ ٱلثَّوَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)fastajaaba lahum rabbuhum annee laa udee'u 'amala 'aamilin minkum min dhakarin aw unthaa ba'dukum min ba'din falladheena haajaroo wa'ukhrijoo min diyaarihim wa'oodhoo fee sabeelee waqaataloo waqutiloo la'ukaffiranna 'anhum sayyi'aatihim wala'udkhilannahum jannaatin tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru thawaaban min 'indi llaahi wallaahu 'indahu husnu th-thawaab

DIN 31635fastaǧāba lahum rabbuhum ʾannī lā ʾuḍīʿu ʿamala ʿāmilin minkum min ḏakarin ʾaw ʾunṯā baʿḍukum min baʿḍin fallaḏīna hāǧarū waʾuḫriǧū min diyārihim waʾūḏū fī sabīlī waqātalū waqutilū laʾukaffiranna ʿanhum sayyiʾātihim walaʾudḫilannahum ǧannātin taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ṯawāban min ʿindi llāhi wallāhu ʿindahu ḥusnu ṯ-ṯawābi

And so their Lord answered them: "I will not waste the work of any worker among you, whether male or female. You are one of another. For those who emigrated, and were expelled from their homes, and were persecuted because of Me, and fought and were killed-I will remit for them their sins, and will admit them into gardens beneath which rivers flow-a reward from God. With God is the ultimate reward."

Compare translations (4)

And their Lord hath heard them (and He saith): Lo! I suffer not the work of any worker, male or female, to be lost. Ye proceed one from another. So those who fled and were driven forth from their homes and suffered damage for My cause, and fought and were slain, verily I shall remit their evil deeds from them and verily I shall bring them into Gardens underneath which rivers flow - A reward from Allah. And with Allah is the fairest of rewards

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

And the Lord shall answer them, 'I waste not the works of a worker amongst you, be it male or female,- one of you is from the other. 'Those who fled, and were turned out of their houses, and were harmed in my way, and who fought and were killed, I will cover their offences, and I will make them enter into gardens beneath which rivers flow.' A reward from God; for God, with Him are the best of rewards

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

And their Lord answereth them, "I will not suffer the work of him among you that worketh, whether of male or female, to be lost. The one of you is the issue of the other. And they who have fled their country and quitted their homes and suffered in my cause, and have fought and fallen, I will blot out their sins from them, and I will bring them into gardens beneath which the streams do flow." A recompense from God! and God! with His is the perfection of recompense

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Their Lord therefore answereth them, saying, I will not suffer the work of him among you who worketh to be lost, whether he be male, or female: The one of you is from the other. They therefore who have left their country, and have been turned out of their houses, and have suffered for my sake, and have been slain in battle; verily I will expiate their evil deeds from them, and I will surely bring them into gardens watered by rivers: a reward from God: And with God is the most excellent reward

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

in a signed study →

3:196

لَا يَغُرَّنَّكَ تَقَلُّبُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْبِلَٰدِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laa yaghurrannaka taqallubu lladheena kafaroo fee l-bilaad

DIN 31635lā yaġurrannaka taqallubu llaḏīna kafarū fī l-bilādi

The translators word this verse differently

Do not be impressed by the disbelievers' movements in the land.

Compare translations (4)

Let not the vicissitude (of the success) of those who disbelieve, in the land, deceive thee (O Muhammad)

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Let it not deceive you that those who misbelieve go to and fro in the earth

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Let not prosperity in the land on the part of those who believe not, deceive thee

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

Let not the prosperous dealing of the unbelievers in the land, deceive thee

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:197

مَتَٰعٌ قَلِيلٌ ثُمَّ مَأْوَىٰهُمْ جَهَنَّمُ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْمِهَادُ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)mataa'un qaleelun thumma ma'waahum jahannamu wabi'sa l-mihaad

DIN 31635matāʿun qalīlun ṯumma maʾwāhum ǧahannamu wabiʾsa l-mihādu

The translators word this verse differently

A brief enjoyment, then their abode is Hell. What a miserable resort.

Compare translations (4)

It is but a brief comfort. And afterward their habitation will be hell, an ill abode

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

It is a slight possession, and then their resort is Hell; an evil couch shall it be

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Tis but a brief enjoyment! Then shall Hell be their abode; and wretched the bed

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

It is but a slender provision; and then their receptacle shall be hell; an unhappy couch shall it be

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:198

لَٰكِنِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ رَبَّهُمْ لَهُمْ جَنَّٰتٌ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا نُزُلًا مِّنْ عِندِ ٱللَّهِ وَمَا عِندَ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌ لِّلْأَبْرَارِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)laakini lladheena taqaw rabbahum lahum jannaatun tajree min tahtihaa l-'anhaaru khaalideena feehaa nuzulan min 'indi llaahi wamaa 'inda llaahi khayrun lil'abraar

DIN 31635lākini llaḏīna taqaw rabbahum lahum ǧannātun taǧrī min taḥtihā l-ʾanhāru ḫālidīna fīhā nuzulan min ʿindi llāhi wamā ʿinda llāhi ḫayrun lilʾabrāri

As for those who feared their Lord: for them will be gardens beneath which rivers flow, wherein they will abide forever-hospitality from God. What God possesses is best for the just.

Compare translations (4)

But those who keep their duty to their Lord, for them are Gardens underneath which rivers flow, wherein they will be safe for ever. A gift of welcome from their Lord. That which Allah hath in store is better for the righteous

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

But those who fear their Lord, for them are gardens beneath which rivers flow, and they shall dwell therein for aye,- an entertainment from God; and that which is with God is best for the righteous

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

But as to those who fear their Lord - for them are the gardens 'neath which the rivers flow: therein shall they abide for aye. Such their reception with God - and that which is with God is best for the righteous

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

But they who fear their Lord shall have gardens through which rivers flow, they shall continue therein for ever : This is the gift of God; for what is with God shall be better for the righteous than short-lived worldly prosperity

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:199

وَإِنَّ مِنْ أَهْلِ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ لَمَن يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُمْ وَمَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْهِمْ خَٰشِعِينَ لِلَّهِ لَا يَشْتَرُونَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ثَمَنًا قَلِيلًا أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمْ أَجْرُهُمْ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْحِسَابِ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)wa'inna min ahli l-kitaabi laman yu'minu billaahi wamaa unzila ilaykum wamaa unzila ilayhim khaashi'eena lillaahi laa yashtaroona bi'aayaati llaahi thamanan qaleelan oolaa'ika lahum ajruhum 'inda rabbihim inna llaaha saree'u l-hisaab

DIN 31635waʾinna min ʾahli l-kitābi laman yuʾminu billāhi wamā ʾunzila ʾilaykum wamā ʾunzila ʾilayhim ḫāšiʿīna lillāhi lā yaštarūna biʾāyāti llāhi ṯamanan qalīlan ʾūlāʾika lahum ʾaǧruhum ʿinda rabbihim ʾinna llāha sarīʿu l-ḥisābi

Among the People of the Scripture are those who believe in God, and in what was revealed to you, and in what was revealed to them. They are humble before God, and they do not sell God's revelations for a cheap price. These will have their reward with their Lord. God is swift in reckoning.

Compare translations (4)

And lo! of the People of the Scripture there are some who believe in Allah and that which is revealed unto you and that which was revealed unto them, humbling themselves before Allah. They purchase not a trifling gain at the price of the revelations of Allah. Verily their reward is with their Lord. Lo! Allah is swift to take account

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

Verily, of the people of the Book are some who do believe in God, and in what has been revealed to you, and what was revealed to them, humbling themselves before God, and selling not the signs of God for a little price. These shall have their reward with their Lord; verily, God is quick at reckoning up

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

Among the people of the Book are those who believe in God, and in what He hath sent down to you, and in what He hath sent down to them, humbling themselves before God. They barter not the signs of God for a mean price. These! their recompense awaiteth them with their Lord: aye! God is swift to take account

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

There are some of those who have received the scriptures, who believe in God, and that which hath been sent down unto you, and that which hath been sent down to them, submitting themselves unto God; they sell not the signs of God for a small price: These shall have their reward with their Lord; for God is swift in taking an account

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734
3:200

يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ ٱصْبِرُوا۟ وَصَابِرُوا۟ وَرَابِطُوا۟ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ

Easy-read · not authoritative

Easy-read (simplified)yaa ayyuhaa lladheena aamanoo sbiroo wasaabiroo waraabitoo waattaqoo llaaha la'allakum tuflihoon

DIN 31635yā ʾayyuhā llaḏīna ʾāmanū ṣbirū waṣābirū warābiṭū wāttaqū llāha laʿallakum tufliḥūna

The translators word this verse differently

O you who believe! Be patient, and advocate patience, and be united, and revere God, so that you may thrive.

Compare translations (4)

O ye who believe! Endure, outdo all others in endurance, be ready, and observe your duty to Allah, in order that ye may succeed

Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · published 1930

O ye who believe! be patient and vie in being patient, and be on the alert, and fear God, that haply ye may prosper

Edward Henry Palmer · published 1880

O ye who believe! be patient, and vie in patience, and be firm, and fear God, that it may be well with you

John Medows Rodwell · published 1861

O true believers, be patient, and strive to excel in patience, and be constant-minded, and fear God, that ye may be happy

George Sale · published 1734

Sources

In-depth analysis →

  • Talal Itani · 2012
  • Mohammed Marmaduke William Pickthall · 1930
  • Edward Henry Palmer · 1880
  • John Medows Rodwell · 1861
  • George Sale · 1734

Arabic textTanzil Qur'an text (Uthmani) ·Uthmani, Version 1.1·Tanzil Project ·Creative Commons Attribution 3.0·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Qur'anic text from the Tanzil Project. Copyright (C) 2007-2026 Tanzil Project License: Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Source: tanzil.net · Updates: tanzil.net/updates/ https://tanzil.net/updates/

Translations Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

Edward Henry Palmer, English translation of the Qur'an ·1880 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

George Sale, English translation of the Qur'an ·1734 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an·Public domain — copyright term expired

John Medows Rodwell, English translation of the Qur'an ·1861 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran·Public domain — copyright term expired

Pickthall, The Meaning of the Glorious Koran ·1930 translation, digital edition of unverified printing·None — public domain work ·Public domain — copyright term expired·retrieved 24 Aug 2026

Translations Talal Itani, ClearQuran·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International

Talal Itani, ClearQuran ·ClearQuran, "God" edition, EPUB·Talal Itani / ClearQuran.com ·Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives 4.0 International·retrieved 7 Sep 2026

Translation by Talal Itani, ClearQuran.com https://clearquran.com